WO2020200012A1 - Communication method and communication device - Google Patents

Communication method and communication device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020200012A1
WO2020200012A1 PCT/CN2020/081175 CN2020081175W WO2020200012A1 WO 2020200012 A1 WO2020200012 A1 WO 2020200012A1 CN 2020081175 W CN2020081175 W CN 2020081175W WO 2020200012 A1 WO2020200012 A1 WO 2020200012A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
channel
channels
information
terminal device
time period
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/081175
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
邵家枫
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020200012A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020200012A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/12Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1263Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/12Wireless traffic scheduling
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/50Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/52Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on load

Definitions

  • This application relates to the communication field, and in particular to a communication method and a communication device in the communication field.
  • 5G mobile communication systems need to support enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB) services, ultra-reliable and low-latency communications (URLLC) services, and massive machine type communications (mMTC) services .
  • eMBB enhanced mobile broadband
  • URLLC ultra-reliable and low-latency communications
  • mMTC massive machine type communications
  • eMBB services include: ultra-high-definition video, augmented reality (AR), virtual reality (VR), etc.
  • the main characteristics of these services are large transmission data volume and high transmission rate.
  • Typical URLLC services include wireless control in industrial manufacturing or production processes, motion control of unmanned vehicles and unmanned aircraft, and tactile interaction applications such as remote repairs and remote surgery.
  • the main feature of these services is ultra-high reliability. , Low latency, less data transmission and bursty.
  • the terminal equipment processes services in a time sequence, that is, processes the first-arrival channels first, and waits for the first-arrive channels to be processed before processing the latter ones.
  • the channel carrying URLLC services needs to be processed before the channel carrying eMBB services.
  • This business processing method is called out of order (out of order) scheduling. How to implement out-of-sequence scheduling in a complex and changeable 5G communication system is an urgent problem to be solved.
  • the present application provides a communication method and a communication device, which can be applied to an out-of-sequence scheduling scenario in a 5G mobile communication system.
  • a communication method which can be executed by a terminal device or a module (such as a chip) in the terminal device.
  • the method includes: receiving a first downlink channel in a first time period, there is a corresponding relationship between the first downlink channel and the first uplink channel, the first uplink channel occupies a fourth time period, and the fourth time period is located in the first time period Afterwards; the second downlink channel is received in the second time period, there is a correspondence between the second downlink channel and the second uplink channel, the second uplink channel occupies the third time period, the second time period is located after the first time period and is located in the third time period Previously, the third time period was before the fourth time period; the first target channel for priority processing was determined from the first channel set according to preset rules, the first channel set including the first downlink channel and the second downlink channel, or the first The channel set includes a first uplink channel and a second uplink channel.
  • the terminal device applying the above method can determine the channels that need to be processed preferentially in different scenarios according to the actual situation. Compared with the method in the prior art that all processes the channels scheduled after the time, the communication method provided in this application can meet the needs of urgent data or The transmission requirements of more important data can improve the transmission efficiency of important emergency data.
  • the preset rule includes at least one of the following information: priority information indicated by the downlink control channel corresponding to the channel in the first channel set or priority information indicated by the channel in the first channel set; the first channel The time-frequency resources corresponding to the channels in the set; the number of layers corresponding to the channels in the first channel set; the block error rate corresponding to the channels in the first channel set; the transport block size TBS carried by the channels in the first channel set; the first channel set The type of uplink control information UCI carried by the channel; the HARQ process number of the hybrid automatic repeat request indicated by the downlink control channel corresponding to the channel in the first channel set; the number of transmissions corresponding to the channel in the first channel set; the time of the first downlink channel Domain position and the time domain position of the second downlink channel; the time domain position of the first uplink channel and the time domain position of the second uplink channel.
  • the first channel set further includes a third downlink channel
  • the method further includes: receiving a third downlink channel in a fifth time period, where there is a correspondence between the third downlink channel and the third uplink channel, and the third uplink channel
  • the channel occupies the sixth time period, the fifth time period is located before the second time period and before the sixth time period, and the sixth time period is located after the third time period; according to preset rules, from the first channel set except the first target channel Determine the second target channel for priority processing.
  • the above solution enables the terminal device to determine whether to process multiple channels according to its own capabilities, instead of only processing channels scheduled later in time, thereby improving resource efficiency.
  • channels other than the first target channel in the first channel set are other channels
  • the preset rule includes at least one of the following information: priority information indicated by the downlink control channel corresponding to the channels in the other channels Or the priority information indicated by the channel in other channels; the time-frequency resources corresponding to the channels in other channels; the number of layers corresponding to the channels in other channels; the block error rate corresponding to the channels in other channels; the TBS carried by the channels in other channels; other channels
  • the foregoing preset rule includes: the channel with the smallest difference between the sum of the values of the first information corresponding to the channels in the other channels and the threshold of the first information is the channel for priority processing; the second target channel is the other channel M channels that meet the preset rule, the sum of the values of the first information corresponding to the M channels is less than the threshold of the first information, M is a positive integer, and the first information includes at least one of the following information: time-frequency resources, Number of layers and TBS.
  • the above solution enables the terminal device to process as many channels as possible without exceeding its own processing capacity, thereby improving resource efficiency.
  • the preset rule includes: the channel with the largest or smallest difference between the value of the first information corresponding to the channel in other channels and the threshold of the first information is the channel for priority processing, and the first information includes at least one of the following information One type: time-frequency resources, number of layers, and TBS; the second target channel is M channels meeting preset rules among other channels, the parameters corresponding to the M channels are less than the parameter threshold, and M is a positive integer.
  • the above solution is simple and easy to implement, and can reduce the burden of the terminal device when determining the second target information.
  • the method further includes: receiving first configuration information or second configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to indicate that the backhaul between multiple network devices corresponding to the terminal device is an ideal backhaul or to indicate that the terminal device corresponds to For a network device, the second configuration information is used to indicate that the backhaul between multiple network devices corresponding to the terminal device is a non-ideal backhaul.
  • the advantage of the above solution is that when the backhaul between multiple network devices is an ideal backhaul, or when a terminal device corresponds to a network device, the channel with the later position in the time domain must carry or schedule important data, and the time domain position is used
  • the higher priority rules of the lower channels can prevent important data from being skipped.
  • the channel located later in the time domain does not necessarily carry or schedule important data.
  • the terminal device determines the priority channel according to other rules, which is beneficial to the terminal device to determine the load.
  • the channel of important information is conducive to improving the efficiency of communication resources.
  • the method further includes: sending capability information, where the capability information is used to indicate whether the terminal device supports out-of-sequence transmission.
  • This solution enables the network device to perform scheduling according to the capabilities of the terminal device, avoiding the situation that the terminal device does not support out-of-sequence transmission but receives out-of-sequence scheduling information, which causes transmission failure.
  • the method further includes: receiving third configuration information, where the third configuration information is used to configure whether the terminal device can perform out-of-sequence transmission.
  • the network device can enable or disable this ability according to the actual situation. For example, if the power of the terminal device is insufficient, or the current load of the terminal device is heavy, executing out of order scheduling may increase the power consumption and load of the terminal device.
  • the network device can use the third configuration information to enable the non-sequential scheduling capability of the terminal device, thereby effectively improving the endurance and reliability of the terminal device.
  • non-sequential transmission includes: non-sequential transmission from the downlink data channel to HARQ information, and/or non-sequential transmission from the downlink control channel to the uplink data channel.
  • the terminal device can further indicate the specific capabilities it supports in the capability information, so that the network device can schedule more accurately.
  • this application also provides a communication method, which can be executed by a network device or a module (such as a chip) in the network device.
  • the method includes: sending a first downlink channel in a first time period, there is a corresponding relationship between the first downlink channel and the first uplink channel, the first uplink channel occupies a fourth time period, and the fourth time period is located after the first time period;
  • the second downlink channel is sent in the second time period.
  • the second uplink channel occupies the third time period.
  • the second time period is after the first time period and before the third time period.
  • the third period is before the fourth period; the first target channel is determined from the first channel set according to a preset rule, the first channel set includes the first downlink channel and the second downlink channel, or the first channel set includes the first Uplink channel and second uplink channel; receiving the first target channel or HARQ information corresponding to the first target channel.
  • the network device applying the above method can determine the channel to be received in different scenarios (that is, the channel that needs to be processed preferentially by the terminal device) according to the actual situation, compared to the channel that is scheduled after the reception time in the prior art (or, this HARQ information corresponding to the channel).
  • the above method can meet the transmission requirements of emergency data or more important data, thereby improving the transmission efficiency of important emergency data.
  • the channels in the first channel set except the first target channel are other channels
  • the method further includes: receiving HARQ information corresponding to some or all channels in other channels, and some or all channels in other channels correspond to HARQ information is NACK.
  • the network device can receive channels other than the first target channel without retransmitting or rescheduling channels other than the first target channel, thereby providing resource efficiency.
  • the preset rule includes at least one of the following information: the priority identifier corresponding to the channel in the first channel set; the time-frequency resource corresponding to the channel in the first channel set; the channel corresponding to the channel in the first channel set The number of layers; the block error rate corresponding to the channel in the first channel set; the TBS carried by the channel in the first channel set; the type of UCI carried by the channel in the first channel set; the HARQ process number corresponding to the channel in the first channel set; The number of transmissions corresponding to the channels in a channel set; the time domain position of the first downlink channel and the time domain position of the second downlink channel; the time domain position of the first uplink channel and the time domain position of the second uplink channel.
  • the first channel set further includes a third downlink channel
  • the method further includes: sending a third downlink channel in a fifth time period, and there is a correspondence between the third downlink channel and the third uplink channel, and the third uplink channel
  • the channel occupies the sixth time period, the fifth time period is located before the second time period and before the sixth time period, and the sixth time period is located after the third time period; according to preset rules, from the first channel set except the first target channel Determine the second target channel; receive the second target channel or HARQ information corresponding to the second target channel.
  • the above solution enables the network device to determine whether to receive the second target channel or the HARQ information corresponding to the second target channel according to the capabilities of the terminal device, instead of only receiving the first target channel, thereby improving resource efficiency .
  • the channels in the first channel set other than the first target channel are other channels
  • the preset rule includes at least one of the following information: priority identifiers corresponding to channels in other channels; channels in other channels Corresponding time-frequency resources; number of layers corresponding to channels in other channels; block error rate corresponding to channels in other channels; TBS carried by channels in other channels; types of UCI carried by channels in other channels; HARQ corresponding to channels in other channels Process number; the number of transmissions corresponding to the channel in other channels; the time domain position of the channel in other channels.
  • the preset rule includes: the channel with the smallest difference between the sum of the values of the first information corresponding to the channels in the other channels and the threshold of the first information is the channel for priority processing; the second target channel is the other channel
  • the sum of the values of the first information corresponding to the M channels is less than the threshold value of the first information, M is a positive integer, and the first information includes at least one of the following information: time-frequency resources , Number of layers and TBS.
  • the above solution enables the network equipment to receive as many channels as possible on the premise that the terminal equipment does not exceed its own processing capacity, thereby improving resource efficiency.
  • the preset rule includes: the channel with the largest or smallest difference between the value of the first information corresponding to the channel in other channels and the threshold of the first information is the channel for priority processing, and the first information includes the following information At least one of: time-frequency resources, number of layers, and TBS; the second target channel is M channels meeting preset rules among other channels, the parameters corresponding to the M channels are less than the parameter threshold, and M is a positive integer.
  • the above-mentioned solution is simple and easy to implement, and can reduce the burden of the network device when determining the second target information.
  • the method further includes: sending first configuration information or second configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to indicate that the backhaul between multiple network devices corresponding to the terminal device is an ideal backhaul or to indicate that the terminal device corresponds to For a network device, the second configuration information is used to indicate that the backhaul between multiple network devices corresponding to the terminal device is a non-ideal backhaul.
  • the advantage of the above solution is that when the backhaul between multiple network devices is an ideal backhaul, or when a terminal device corresponds to a network device, the channel with the later position in the time domain must carry or schedule important data, and the time domain position is used The higher priority rules of the lower channels can prevent important data from being skipped.
  • the channel located later in the time domain does not necessarily carry or schedule important data.
  • the network device determines which channel the terminal device prioritizes according to other rules, which is beneficial for receiving more bearers.
  • the channel of important information is conducive to improving the efficiency of communication resources.
  • the method further includes: receiving capability information, where the capability information is used to indicate whether the terminal device supports out-of-sequence transmission.
  • This solution enables the network device to perform scheduling according to the capabilities of the terminal device, avoiding the situation that the terminal device does not support out-of-sequence transmission but receives out-of-sequence scheduling information, which causes transmission failure.
  • the method further includes: sending third configuration information, where the third configuration information is used to configure whether the terminal device can perform out-of-sequence transmission.
  • the network device can enable or disable this ability according to the actual situation. For example, if the power of the terminal device is insufficient, or the current load of the terminal device is heavy, executing out of order scheduling may increase the power consumption and load of the terminal device.
  • the network device can use the third configuration information to enable the non-sequential scheduling capability of the terminal device, thereby effectively improving the endurance and reliability of the terminal device.
  • non-sequential transmission includes: non-sequential transmission from the downlink data channel to HARQ information, and/or non-sequential transmission from the downlink control channel to the uplink data channel.
  • the terminal device can further indicate the specific capabilities it supports in the capability information, so that the network device can schedule more accurately.
  • the present application provides a communication device that can implement the functions corresponding to the method involved in the above-mentioned first aspect.
  • the functions can be implemented by hardware or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the device includes a processor, and the processor is configured to support the device to execute the method involved in the first aspect.
  • the device may also include a memory for coupling with the processor and storing programs and data.
  • the device further includes a transceiver, which is used to support communication between the device and the network device.
  • the transceiver may include an independent receiver and an independent transmitter, or the transceiver may include a circuit with integrated transceiver functions.
  • the present application provides another communication device, which can implement the functions corresponding to the method involved in the second aspect above.
  • the functions can be implemented by hardware or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the device includes a processor, and the processor is configured to support the device to execute the method involved in the second aspect.
  • the device may also include a memory for coupling with the processor and storing programs and data.
  • the device further includes a transceiver, which is used to support communication between the device and the terminal device.
  • the transceiver may include an independent receiver and an independent transmitter, or the transceiver may include a circuit with integrated transceiver functions.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium in which a computer program is stored.
  • the processor executes the method described in the first aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium in which a computer program is stored.
  • the processor executes the method described in the second aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is executed by a processor, the processor executes the method described in the first aspect.
  • this application provides a computer program product, the computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is executed by a processor, the processor executes the method described in the second aspect.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system suitable for the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of another communication system applicable to the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of an information transmission method provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an out-of-sequence scheduling scenario provided by this application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another out-of-sequence scheduling scenario provided by this application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of yet another scenario of scheduling out of order provided by this application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of yet another scenario of scheduling out of order provided by this application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of yet another scenario of out-of-sequence scheduling provided by this application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of yet another scenario of scheduling out of order provided by this application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of yet another scenario for scheduling out of order provided by this application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of yet another scenario for scheduling out of order provided by this application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of yet another scenario for scheduling out of order provided by this application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of yet another scenario for scheduling out of order provided by this application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by this application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device provided by this application.
  • Fig. 17 is a schematic diagram of a network device provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system suitable for this application.
  • the communication system 100 includes a network device 110 and a terminal device 120.
  • the terminal device 120 communicates with the network device 110 through electromagnetic waves, that is, the terminal device 120 can send data to the network device 110, and the network device 110 can also send data to the terminal device 120.
  • the terminal device 120 may include various handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices, or other processing devices connected to a wireless modem.
  • the third generation partnership program (3rd generation Partnership project, 3GPP) defined user equipment (user equipment, UE), mobile station (mobile station, MS), soft terminal, home gateway, set-top box, etc., the chip applied to the above equipment can also be called terminal equipment.
  • the network device 110 may be a base station defined by 3GPP, for example, a base station (new generation node B, gNB) in a 5G communication system.
  • the network device 110 may also be a non-3GPP (non-3GPP) access network device, such as an access gateway (AGF).
  • the network device may also be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, and other types of devices.
  • the chips applied to the above-mentioned devices may also be referred to as network devices.
  • wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices. It is a general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes Wait.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as various smart bracelets and smart jewelry for physical sign monitoring.
  • FIG. 2 shows another communication system suitable for this application.
  • the base station 210 is one form of the network device 110, and UE1 to UE6 are six different forms of the terminal device 120.
  • UE1 is a communication device in a rail transit system
  • UE2 is a set-top box
  • UE3 is a smart refueling device or a smart charging pile
  • UE4 is a smart cup
  • UE5 is a mobile phone
  • UE6 is a smart printer.
  • UE4, UE5, and UE6 can form a local area network.
  • UE5 can be used as a network device in the local area network
  • UE4 and UE6 can be used as terminal devices in the local area network.
  • FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 are only examples, and the communication systems applicable to this application are not limited thereto.
  • the process in which the terminal device 120 sends data to the network device 110 may be referred to as uplink transmission, and the process in which the network device 110 sends data to the terminal device 120 may be referred to as downlink transmission.
  • uplink transmission the process in which the terminal device 120 sends data to the terminal device 120
  • downlink transmission the process in which the network device 110 sends data to the terminal device 120
  • the terminal devices and network devices below are no longer accompanied by reference numerals.
  • the terminal device will receive the downlink control information (DCI) sent by the network device.
  • the DCI carries an indication of the physical uplink shared channel (physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) occupied time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation mode and other indication information.
  • the terminal device can determine which time domain resource and frequency domain resource to send the PUSCH on, and then perform the preparation steps for sending the PUSCH.
  • the preparation steps generally include: coding, modulation, resource mapping and Fourier transform of information.
  • the terminal device sends the prepared PUSCH on the time domain resources and frequency domain resources indicated by the DCI. It can be seen that after receiving the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), it takes a period of time for the terminal device to be able to transmit the PUSCH, and this period of time is called the preparation time.
  • PDCCH physical downlink control channel
  • the PDCCH is usually only used to carry DCI.
  • the PDCCH is equivalent to a carrier, and the content carried is the DCI. Because the PDCCH and the DCI have a one-to-one correspondence, the description of receiving PDCCH and receiving DCI is equivalent.
  • the data channel for example, PUSCH
  • service data for example, eMBB service and URLLC service
  • the terminal device For downlink transmission, if the downlink transmission is based on dynamic scheduling, then as shown in Figure 3, the terminal device will receive the DCI sent by the network device, and the DCI carries indicating the physical downlink shared channel (PUSCH) occupied Indication information such as time domain resources, frequency domain resources, and modulation methods. After receiving the DCI, the terminal device decodes the PDSCH.
  • the decoding process generally includes: resource demapping, inverse Fourier transform, demodulation, and decoding. In the end, if the result of decoding is correct, the reception is correct, and if the result is wrong, the reception fails. It can be seen that after receiving the DCI, it takes a period of time for the terminal device to determine whether the PDSCH is received correctly. This period of time is called the decoding time.
  • the above DCI also carries indication information indicating uplink resources.
  • the uplink resource is, for example, a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), and the PUCCH is used to carry the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) corresponding to the PDSCH. information.
  • the terminal device decodes the PDSCH, the result of the decoding is fed back to the network device through the uplink resource indicated by the DCI.
  • the feedback information is an acknowledgement (acknowledgement, ACK); if the reception is wrong, the feedback information is a negative acknowledgement (NACK), and ACK and NACK are collectively referred to as HARQ information.
  • the terminal equipment will feed back the HARQ information corresponding to the PDSCH, so that the network equipment can quickly retransmit after knowing the reception error of the terminal equipment.
  • the network equipment In order to reduce the complexity of information processing by the terminal equipment, in general, the network equipment will schedule each channel in order, so that the terminal equipment processes one channel before processing the next channel. However, in some special scenarios, there is a need for scheduling out of order.
  • URLLC data URLLC service data packets
  • the network device wants to determine whether the URLLC data is received correctly as soon as possible.
  • the network device instructs the terminal device to feed back the HARQ information of the URLLC data as soon as possible.
  • PDSCH-1 carries eMBB service data packets (referred to as "eMBB data" for short), and PDSCH-2 carries URLLC data.
  • eMBB data eMBB service data packets
  • PDSCH-2 carries URLLC data.
  • the network device schedules the terminal device to feed back the HARQ information (ie, HARQ-2) of the URLLC data before feeding back the HARQ information of the eMBB data (ie, HARQ-1).
  • the terminal equipment needs to interrupt the decoding process of PDSCH-1 and perform the decoding process of PDSCH-2 first.
  • PDCCH-1 schedules PUSCH-1 and PDCCH-2 schedules PUSCH-2, where PUSCH-1 carries eMBB data, and PUSCH-2 carries URLLC data.
  • the network device schedules the terminal device to send PUSCH-2 before sending PUSCH-1.
  • the terminal device needs to interrupt the preparation process of PUSCH-1 and perform the preparation process of PUSCH-2 first.
  • the situation shown in Figure 4 can be called out-of-sequence scheduling (or "out-of-sequence transmission") from downlink data channel to HARQ information
  • the situation shown in Figure 5 can be called out-of-sequence scheduling from downlink control channel to uplink data channel Scheduling (or "out-of-sequence transmission").
  • the scenarios shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 are only two examples of non-sequential scheduling, and the non-sequential scheduling applicable to the present application is not limited to this.
  • the non-sequential scheduling applicable to this application may also be: the network device schedules at least two PDSCHs carrying eMBB data out of sequence, or the network device schedules at least two PDSCHs carrying eMBB data out of sequence and at least A PDSCH carrying URLLC data.
  • Figure 6 shows a non-sequential scheduling in a non-ideal backhaul scenario.
  • the terminal device communicates with the multi-transmit/receive point (TRP) 1 and TRP2 respectively.
  • TRP1 and TRP2 may be transceivers belonging to two base stations respectively, TRP1 and TRP2 may also be transceivers belonging to one base station, TRP1 and TRP2 are connected by optical fiber or other transmission media.
  • TRP1 and TRP2 can be considered that the two TRPs cannot exchange information in real time, and TRP1 and TRP2 are in a non-ideal backhaul scenario.
  • TRP1 and TRP2 can be regarded as two network devices. If there is a small communication delay between TRP1 and TRP2, it can be considered that the two TRPs can exchange information in real time, and TRP1 and TRP2 are in an ideal backhaul scenario.
  • TRP1 and TRP2 can be regarded as one network device.
  • URLLC due to the low latency requirements of URLLC, there may also be cases of out-of-sequence scheduling.
  • TPR2 may The terminal equipment is scheduled to upload the HARQ information of the eMBB data 2 in the time slot 3. In fact, TPR1 has scheduled the terminal equipment to upload the HARQ information of the eMBB data 1 in the time slot 4, which has caused the terminal equipment to be scheduled out of order.
  • TPR2 may schedule the terminal device to upload the HARQ information of the eMBB data in the time slot 3.
  • TPR1 has already scheduled the terminal equipment to upload HARQ information of URLLC data in time slot 4, as shown in Figure 7, which also leads to out-of-sequence scheduling.
  • Figure 8 shows a non-sequential scheduling that includes three downlink data channels.
  • the TRP that schedules eMBB data has already scheduled the terminal device to upload eMBB data in the second half of time slot 4.
  • the TRP that schedules the URLLC data will schedule the terminal device to upload the HARQ information of the URLLC data in the first half of time slot 4, which results in out-of-sequence scheduling.
  • TPR1 may schedule the terminal device to upload the HARQ information of eMBB data 1 and eMBB data 2 in the first half of time slot 4.
  • TPR2 has already scheduled the terminal equipment to upload HARQ information of URLLC data in the second half of time slot 4, as shown in Fig. 9, which also results in out of order scheduling.
  • FIGS. 8 and 9 show the out-of-sequence scheduling that includes one PDSCH that carries URLLC data.
  • the out-of-sequence scheduling applicable to this application may also include multiple PDSCHs that carry URLLC data.
  • FIGS. 5 to 9 are all non-sequential scheduling of PDSCH to HARQ information (PDSCH to HARQ). The following describes the non-sequential scheduling of PDCCH to PUSCH (PDCCH to PUSCH) in conjunction with FIGS. 10 to 13.
  • the connection between TRP1 and TRP2 is a non-ideal backhaul connection.
  • TPR2 may schedule the terminal device to transmit the PUSCH carrying eMBB data 2 in time slot 3.
  • TPR1 has already scheduled the terminal device to send the PUSCH of eMBB data 1 in time slot 4, resulting in out-of-sequence scheduling.
  • TPR2 may schedule the terminal device to send the PUSCH carrying eMBB data in time slot 3.
  • TPR1 has already scheduled the terminal device to send the PUSCH carrying URLLC data in time slot 4, as shown in Figure 11, which also leads to out-of-sequence scheduling.
  • Figure 12 shows a non-sequential scheduling that includes three downlink data channels.
  • the connection between TRP1 and TRP2 is an ideal backhaul connection, or in the case of a terminal device communicating with a TRP, the TRP that schedules eMBB data has already scheduled the terminal device to upload eMBB data in the second half of time slot 4.
  • the TRP that schedules the URLLC data will schedule the terminal device to upload the HARQ information of the URLLC data in the first half of time slot 4, which results in out-of-sequence scheduling.
  • TPR1 may schedule the terminal device to upload the HARQ information of eMBB data 1 and eMBB data 2 in the first half of time slot 4.
  • TPR2 has already scheduled the terminal equipment to upload the HARQ information of the URLLC data in the second half of time slot 4, as shown in Fig. 13, which also leads to out-of-sequence scheduling.
  • the dotted arrows in FIGS. 6 to 13 indicate the correspondence, and the solid arrows indicate the direction of information transmission.
  • the present application provides a communication method that can be applied to scenarios that are not scheduled in order.
  • the method 100 includes:
  • the terminal device receives the first downlink channel in the first time period, there is a corresponding relationship between the first downlink channel and the first uplink channel, the first uplink channel occupies a fourth time period, and the fourth time period is located in the first time period after that.
  • the terminal device receives the second downlink channel in the second time period. There is a corresponding relationship between the second downlink channel and the second uplink channel.
  • the second uplink channel occupies the third time period.
  • the second time period is located after the first time period and is located in the first time period. Before the third period, the third period is before the fourth period.
  • the corresponding relationship between the downlink channel and the uplink channel in this application can be understood as: the downlink channel is the PDSCH, and the uplink channel is the uplink channel that carries the HARQ information of the PDSCH.
  • the uplink channel is PUCCH or PUSCH.
  • the corresponding relationship between the downlink channel and the uplink channel in this application can be understood as: the downlink channel is the PDCCH, and the uplink channel is the uplink channel indicated by the PDCCH.
  • the uplink channel is PUCCH or PUSCH.
  • the information carried by the PDCCH indicates the resource information of the uplink channel, etc.
  • the first time period can be a slot, a half slot or one or more symbols.
  • the second time period, the third time period, and the fourth time period can also be any length of time, and the length of these time periods is not limited in this application.
  • the first time period is before the second time period, which can be interpreted as one or a combination of the following situations: the start time domain position of the first time period is before the start time domain position of the second time period, and the end time of the first time period
  • the domain position is before the end time domain position of the second period, and the end time domain position of the first period is before the start time domain position of the second period.
  • the time domain position can be a symbol, a half slot, or a slot.
  • the start time domain symbol of the first time period is before the start time domain symbol of the second time period, that is, the first time period is before the second time period, and the second time period There may or may not be overlapping time domain symbols with the first time period.
  • the explanation in this paragraph is applicable to other descriptions of the sequence of time domain positions in this application.
  • the terminal device receives the first downlink channel first, and then the second downlink channel. Because the time domain position (fourth time period) of the first uplink channel corresponding to the first downlink channel is located in the second uplink corresponding to the second downlink channel After the time domain position (third time period) of the channel, therefore, the terminal device determines that the current scene belongs to an out-of-sequence scheduling scene.
  • the first downlink channel and the second downlink channel may be downlink data channels, for example, the two downlink channels are both PDSCH.
  • the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are channels for transmitting HARQ information, for example, the two uplink channels are both PUCCH.
  • the first downlink channel and the second downlink channel may be downlink control channels, for example, the two downlink channels are both PDCCHs.
  • the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are channels for transmitting uplink service data, for example, the two uplink channels are both PUSCH.
  • the channels applicable to this application are not limited to the above two examples.
  • the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are channels for transmitting HARQ information
  • the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel may also be PUSCH;
  • the channel and the second uplink channel may also be one PUSCH and one PUCCH.
  • the terminal device After receiving the first downlink channel and the second downlink channel, the terminal device can perform the following steps.
  • the terminal device determines a first target channel to be processed preferentially from a first channel set according to a preset rule, the first channel set includes the first downlink channel and the second downlink channel, or the first channel set includes the first uplink channel And the second uplink channel.
  • the network device can perform S131, and S131 includes:
  • the network device determines the first target channel from the first channel set according to preset rules, the first channel set includes the first downlink channel and the second downlink channel, or the first channel set includes the first uplink channel and the second channel. Uplink channel.
  • the terminal device determines the first target channel from the first downlink channel and the second downlink channel, that is, the channel to be processed with priority.
  • the priority processing here can be interpreted as: the first target channel is decoded first. If the first target channel is the first downlink channel, the first downlink channel is decoded, and the second downlink channel can be buffered or the second downlink channel can be buffered or the second downlink channel can be skipped and decoded. If the target channel is the second downlink channel, the second downlink channel is decoded, and the first downlink channel can be buffered or the first downlink channel can be skipped or partial information in the first downlink channel can be skipped.
  • the PDSCH scheduled by TRP1 is the first downlink channel
  • the PDSCH scheduled by TRP2 is the second downlink channel
  • the HARQ information in time slot 3 is carried on the second uplink channel
  • the HARQ information in time slot 4 Bearer on the first uplink channel.
  • the terminal device can determine that the PDSCH scheduled by TRP1 is the first target channel (that is, the preset rule is that the occupied resources are large The channel is processed first), the second downlink channel is buffered or the second downlink channel is skipped or partial information of the second downlink channel is skipped.
  • the terminal device sends HARQ to TRP2 in time slot 3, where the HARQ includes the NACK corresponding to the transport block of the second downlink channel, and then the terminal device waits for TRP2 to retransmit the second downlink channel.
  • the terminal device sends HARQ to TRP2 in time slot 3. After the HARQ includes the NACK corresponding to the partial code block group of the second downlink channel, the terminal device waits for TRP2 to respond to the partial code block of the second downlink channel. The group retransmits.
  • the terminal equipment determines the first target channel from the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel. If the first target channel is the first uplink channel, the preparation process for sending the first uplink channel is executed, and the preparation process for sending the second uplink channel may not be executed, or the preparation process for sending the second uplink channel is executed later; If the target channel is the second uplink channel, the preparation process for sending the second uplink channel is executed, and the preparation process for sending the first uplink channel may not be executed, or the preparation process for sending the first uplink channel is executed later.
  • the DCI sent by the TRP in time slot 1 is equivalent to the first downlink channel, and the priority identifier corresponding to the first downlink channel is 0.
  • the TRP sent in time slot 2 DCI is equivalent to the second downlink channel, the priority identifier corresponding to the second downlink channel is 3, in time slot 4, the PUSCH corresponding to URLLC data is the second uplink channel, and the PDSCH corresponding to eMBB data 2 is the first uplink channel (ie,
  • the preset rule is that channels with a smaller bearer priority identifier are processed first, where the smaller the priority identifier, the more urgent or important it is.
  • the terminal device determines that the PUSCH corresponding to the URLLC data is the first target channel, and executes the preparation process for sending the URLLC data. After the URLLC data transmission is completed, the terminal device may perform a preparation process for sending the eMBB data 2, or the terminal device may request or wait for the network device to reallocate transmission resources for transmitting the eMBB data 2.
  • the terminal device determines the first target channel, the following steps can be performed.
  • the network device receives the first target channel or the HARQ information corresponding to the first target channel.
  • the terminal device applying the method 100 can determine the channels that need to be processed preferentially in different scenarios according to the actual situation. Compared with the method in the prior art that all processes the channels scheduled after the time, the method 100 can meet the needs of urgent data or The transmission requirements of more important data can improve the transmission efficiency of important emergency data.
  • the preset rule in the method 100 includes at least one of the following information:
  • A1 priority information indicated by the downlink control channel corresponding to the channel in the first channel set or priority information indicated by the channel in the first channel set;
  • TBS transport control size
  • A6 the type of uplink control information (UCI) carried by the channels in the first channel set;
  • A8 the number of transmissions corresponding to channels in the first channel set
  • A10 the time domain position of the first uplink channel and the time domain position of the second uplink channel.
  • each information corresponds to a preset rule, which will be described in detail below. It should be noted that the following rules have been listed as far as possible in different scenarios. From the foregoing description, it can be found that this application can be applied to two scenarios that are not scheduled in order. In the following example, the PDSCH description is also applicable. For the processing method when the PUSCH is scheduled out of order, it is only necessary to replace the PDSCH with the PUSCH, that is, the out-of-sequence scheduling of the PUSCH belongs to the protection scope of this application.
  • the network device may indicate the priority of the channel through the PDCCH.
  • the ID indicated by the priority bit field of the DCI in the PDCCH is used for the priority of the channel, and this bit indication field can be 1 bit, 2 bits, or 3 bits, and one of the bit status values corresponds to a priority ID.
  • Different priorities correspond to different priority identifiers.
  • the network device is configured with 2 to 8 priorities for the terminal device in advance. Among them, if 8 priorities are configured, the priority identifiers corresponding to the 8 priorities can be 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7.
  • the terminal equipment determines the priority of the channel according to the priority of the channel indicated by the PDCCH.
  • the priority level corresponding to the priority identifier can be preset.
  • An optional preset rule is: the smaller the priority identifier, the higher the priority.
  • Another optional preset rule is: the larger the priority identifier, the higher the priority.
  • the priority identifier corresponding to PDSCH in time slot 0 is 5
  • the priority identifier corresponding to PDSCH in time slot 1 is 6
  • the priority identifier corresponding to PDSCH in time slot 2 is 0. If the priority identifier is smaller and the priority is higher, the terminal device will preferentially process the PDSCH in time slot 2.
  • the terminal device can also choose to process the PDSCH in the time slot 0 after the PDSCH in the time slot 2 is processed. If the processing capacity of the terminal equipment is left, it can also process the PDSCH in time slot 1 later.
  • the terminal device After processing the PDSCH in time slot 2, the terminal device can also skip processing the PDSCH in time slot 1 and/or the PDSCH in time slot 0 due to insufficient processing capacity, and after feedback through HARQ information, wait for the network device to retransmit The PDSCH.
  • the terminal device may also skip processing part of the code block group of PDSCH in time slot 1 and/or part of the code block group of PDSCH in time slot 0 due to insufficient processing capacity, and pass HARQ After the information is fed back, it waits for the network device to retransmit the partial code block group of the PDSCH.
  • determining the priority channel based on the priority identifier can prevent important channels from being skipped.
  • the processing capacity of the terminal device is surplus, it is possible to avoid the network device from consuming system resources again to retransmit non-important data, thereby improving the efficiency of the communication system transmission resources.
  • the foregoing priority identifier may be a transmission configuration indicator (TCI) and/or a control resource set (CORESET) identifier, and/or a priority bit field indicator.
  • TCI transmission configuration indicator
  • CORESET control resource set
  • a TCI includes a quasi co-location (QCL) relationship, which is a correspondence relationship between one or two downlink reference signals and a demodulation reference signal (DMRS) of the PDSCH.
  • QCL quasi co-location
  • DMRS demodulation reference signal
  • the TCI can be notified by the DCI in the PDCCH, can also be configured by high-level signaling, or determined by the CORESET where the PDCCH is located.
  • the high-level protocol layer is at least one protocol layer in each protocol layer above the physical layer.
  • the high-level protocol layer may specifically be at least one of the following protocol layers: Medium Access Control (MAC) layer, Radio Link Control (RLC) layer, Packet Data Convergence Protocol (Packet Data Convergence) Protocol, PDCP) layer, radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) layer, and non-access stratum (Non Access Stratum, NAS).
  • MAC Medium Access Control
  • RLC Radio Link Control
  • PDCP Packet Data Convergence Protocol
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • non-access stratum Non Access Stratum
  • An optional preset rule is: the higher the priority of the information in the DCI or TCI notified by higher layer signaling, the higher the priority. For example, if the information is sorted as ⁇ TCI1, TCI2 ⁇ , then the priority corresponding to TCI1 is higher than the priority corresponding to TCI2.
  • Another optional preset rule is: the lower the information in the DCI or TCI notified by higher layer signaling, the higher the priority. For example, if the information is sorted as ⁇ TCI1, TCI2 ⁇ , then the priority corresponding to TCI2 is higher than the priority corresponding to TCI1.
  • the time-frequency resource corresponding to CORESET can be used for terminal equipment to detect PDCCH or network equipment to send PDCCH.
  • a terminal equipment can be configured with one or more CORESETs for network equipment.
  • a CORESET can occupy 1 to 3 symbols in the time domain, and can occupy one or more RBs in the frequency domain.
  • the resources occupied by CORESET can be configured by high-level signaling.
  • One CORESET can contain multiple search spaces, and one search space corresponds to at least one CORESET.
  • a CORESET is associated with one or two TCIs.
  • An optional preset rule is: the smaller the CORESET flag, the higher the priority.
  • Another optional preset rule is: the larger the CORESET flag, the higher the priority.
  • Another optional preset rule is to determine the priority of the channel according to the TCI corresponding to the CORSET, where the priority of the TCI can refer to the foregoing.
  • the terminal device may determine the priority of the channel according to the priority identifier.
  • the terminal device can prioritize processing after decoding the URLLC data and sending the HARQ information PDSCH in time slot 0. If the priority of the CORESET identifier corresponding to the DCI in time slot 0 is higher than the priority of the CORESET identifier corresponding to the DCI in time slot 1, the terminal device can prioritize processing in time slot 0 after decoding the URLLC data and sending the HARQ information PDSCH.
  • the terminal device can compare the priorities of the CORESET identifiers corresponding to the two DCIs. If the priority of the CORESET identifier corresponding to the DCI in time slot 0 is the same as the priority of the CORESET identifier corresponding to the DCI in time slot 1, the terminal device can compare the priority of the TCI carried by the two DCIs.
  • Time-frequency resources include time-domain resources and/or frequency-domain resources.
  • the frequency domain resources can be one or more resource blocks (resource blocks, RB), one or more resource elements (resource elements, RE), one or more carriers/serving cells, or one Or multiple bandwidth parts (BWP).
  • the time domain resource can be one or more time slots, or one or more symbols.
  • the symbol may be an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing symbol (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, OFDM). Among them, the OFDM symbol may use transform precoding (transform precoding), or may not use transform precoding. If the OFDM symbol uses conversion precoding, the OFDM symbol can also be called a single carrier frequency division multiplexing (SC-FDM) symbol.
  • SC-FDM single carrier frequency division multiplexing
  • the terminal device or the network device determines the priority of the channel according to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the channel.
  • An optional preset rule is: the more time-frequency resources a channel occupies, the higher the priority of the channel.
  • Another optional preset rule is: the less time-frequency resources occupied by the channel, the higher the priority.
  • the number of RBs occupied by the PDSCH in time slot 0 is greater than the number of RBs occupied by the PDSCH in time slot 1. If the terminal device chooses to skip the PDSCH in time slot 0, the efficiency of transmission resources will be reduced. . According to the rule that the more frequency domain resources a channel occupies, the higher the priority of the channel, the terminal device determines that the PDSCH in time slot 0 has a higher priority, and the terminal device can process the PDSCH in priority and skip decoding in time slot 1. In this way, only a small number of RBs are required to retransmit the PDSCH in slot 1 so as to improve the efficiency of transmission resources of the communication system.
  • the number of symbols occupied by the PDSCH in slot 0 is greater than the number of symbols occupied by the PDSCH in slot 1. If the terminal device chooses to skip the PDSCH in slot 0, the efficiency of transmission resources will be reduced . According to the rule that the more time domain resources a channel occupies, the higher the priority of the channel, the terminal device determines that the PDSCH in time slot 0 has a higher priority, and the terminal device can process the PDSCH first and skip decoding in time slot 1. In this way, only a small number of symbols are required to retransmit the PDSCH in slot 1 so as to improve the efficiency of transmission resources of the communication system.
  • the layer where the channel is located is generally equivalent to the number of antenna ports in a 5G communication system, that is, different layers correspond to different spatial transmission channels.
  • the terminal device or the network device determines the priority of the channel according to the number of layers corresponding to the channel.
  • An optional preset rule is: the greater the number of layers corresponding to a channel, the higher the priority of the channel.
  • Another optional preset rule is: the smaller the number of layers corresponding to the channel, the higher the priority of the channel.
  • the number of layers corresponding to the PDSCH in time slot 0 is 4, and the number of layers corresponding to the PDSCH in time slot 1 is 2.
  • the terminal device determines that the priority of the PDSCH in time slot 0 is higher, and the terminal device can process the PDSCH first and skip the PDSCH in time slot 1. In this way, only a small number of antenna ports are required to retransmit the PDSCH in time slot 1, thereby improving the efficiency of transmission resources of the communication system.
  • the number of layers corresponding to the PDSCH in time slot 0 is 1, and the number of layers corresponding to the PDSCH in time slot 1 is 2.
  • the terminal device determines that the priority of the PDSCH in time slot 0 is higher, because the channels with high probability requirements are generally in the channel with layer 1
  • the terminal device can process the PDSCH preferentially and skip the PDSCH in time slot 1. In this way, it can be ensured that important channels are processed preferentially, thereby improving the transmission resource efficiency of important information.
  • the block error rate reflects the reliability of data transmission. The higher the block error rate, the less reliable the data transmission; the lower the block error rate, the more reliable the data transmission, that is, the more important the data at this time.
  • the terminal device or the network device determines the priority of the channel according to the block error rate.
  • An optional preset rule is: the lower the block error rate corresponding to the channel, the higher the priority of the channel.
  • Another optional preset rule is: the higher the block error rate corresponding to the channel, the higher the priority of the channel.
  • the block error rate corresponding to the PDSCH in time slot 0 is 0.00001
  • the block error rate corresponding to the PDSCH in time slot 1 is 0.1.
  • the terminal device determines that the priority of the PDSCH in time slot 0 is higher, and the terminal device can process the PDSCH first and skip the PDSCH in time slot 1 In this way, the PDSCH in time slot 0 has a higher probability of being received correctly, thereby improving the efficiency of transmission resources of the communication system.
  • the block error rate corresponding to the UCI carried by the PUSCH in time slot 3 is 0.00001
  • the block error rate corresponding to the UCI carried by the PUSCH in time slot 4 is 0.1.
  • the terminal device determines that the priority of the PUSCH in time slot 3 is higher, and the terminal device can process the PUSCH preferentially and skip preparing time slot 4 In this way, the PUSCH in slot 3 has a higher probability of being received correctly, thereby improving the efficiency of transmission resources of the communication system.
  • TBS can be the number of original information bits before channel coding, or the sum of the number of original information bits and the number of cyclic check bits, or the number of coded bits after channel coding.
  • the terminal device or the network device determines the priority of the channel according to the TBS carried by the channel.
  • An optional preset rule is: the larger the TBS corresponding to the channel, the higher the priority of the channel.
  • An optional preset rule is: the smaller the TBS corresponding to the channel, the higher the priority of the channel.
  • the TBS carried by the PDSCH in time slot 0 is 1000
  • the TBS carried by the PDSCH in time slot 1 is 800.
  • the terminal equipment determines that the priority of the PDSCH in time slot 0 is higher, and the terminal equipment can process the PDSCH first and skip the PDSCH in time slot 1. , Only a small amount of transmission resources are needed to retransmit the PDSCH in time slot 1, thereby improving the efficiency of transmission resources of the communication system.
  • the TBS carried by the PUSCH in time slot 3 is 1000
  • the TBS carried by the PUSCH in time slot 4 is 800.
  • the terminal device determines that the priority of the PUSCH in time slot 3 is higher, and the terminal device can process the PUSCH first and skip preparing the PUSCH in time slot 4 In this way, the PUSCH in slot 4 can be retransmitted with only a small amount of transmission resources, thereby improving the efficiency of transmission resources of the communication system.
  • UCI generally includes: HARQ information, scheduling request (scheduling request, SR) and channel state information (channel state information, CSI).
  • HARQ information includes ACK and ACK.
  • SR includes positive SR and negative SR.
  • a positive SR represents that the terminal device currently has a request for uplink data transmission, and a negative SR represents that the terminal device has no request for uplink data transmission.
  • CSI generally includes channel quality information (channel quality indicator, CQI), rank indicator (rank indicator, RI), precoding matrix indicator (precoding matrix indicator, PMI), channel state information reference signal resource indicator (CSI reference signal resource indicator, CRI) ) And a combination of one or more of the measurement link configuration set information.
  • the terminal device or the network device determines the priority of the channel according to the type of UCI carried by the channel. Different UCIs are of different importance. For example, HARQ information is the basis for network equipment to decide whether to retransmit. In order to ensure the reliability of data transmission, network equipment needs to obtain HARQ information as soon as possible.
  • the CSI is information of lower importance. Even if the network device does not obtain the CSI, the network device can choose to use a lower bit rate for transmission to overcome possible communication interference.
  • an optional rule is that the priority of HARQ is greater than the priority of CSI, or the priority of HARQ is greater than the priority of the first type of CSI, and the priority of the first type of CSI is greater than the priority of the second type of CSI.
  • the UCI carried by the PUSCH in time slot 3 contains HARQ information
  • the UCI carried by the PUSCH in time slot 4 only contains CSI.
  • the terminal device determines that the PUSCH in time slot 3 has a higher priority, and the terminal device can process the PUSCH preferentially and skip preparing the PUSCH in time slot 4, so that the transmission reliability of important information can be guaranteed.
  • the terminal device or the network device determines the priority of the channel according to the HARQ process number corresponding to the channel.
  • the network device can indicate the HARQ process number corresponding to the channel through the PDCCH.
  • Different HARQ process numbers correspond to different priorities.
  • the network device is configured with 2 to 12 HARQ process numbers for the terminal device in advance. Among them, if 12 HARQ process numbers are configured, the HARQ process numbers can be 0-11.
  • the priority level corresponding to the HARQ process number can be preset or configured by higher layer signaling.
  • An optional preset rule is: the smaller the HARQ process number, the higher the priority.
  • Another optional preset rule is: the larger the HARQ process number, the higher the priority.
  • the HARQ process number corresponding to PDSCH in time slot 0 is 5
  • the HARQ process number corresponding to PDSCH in time slot 1 is 6
  • the HARQ process number corresponding to PDSCH in time slot 2 is 0. If the HARQ process number is smaller and the priority is higher, the terminal device will preferentially process the PDSCH in time slot 2.
  • the terminal equipment can also choose to process the PDSCH in the time slot 0 first after the PDSCH processing in the time slot 2 is completed. If the processing capacity of the terminal equipment is left, it can also process the PDSCH in time slot 1 later.
  • the terminal device After processing the PDSCH in time slot 2, the terminal device can also skip processing the PDSCH in time slot 1 and/or the PDSCH in time slot 0 due to insufficient processing capacity, and after feedback through HARQ information, wait for the network device to retransmit The PDSCH.
  • the terminal device may also skip processing part of the code block group of PDSCH in time slot 1 and/or part of the code block group of PDSCH in time slot 0 due to insufficient processing capacity, and pass HARQ After the information is fed back, it waits for the network device to retransmit the partial code block group of the PDSCH.
  • the HARQ process number corresponding to DCI in time slot 0 is 5
  • the HARQ process number corresponding to DCI in time slot 1 is 6, and the HARQ process number corresponding to DCI in time slot 2 is 0.
  • the terminal device will preferentially prepare the PUSCH corresponding to the DCI in time slot 0. After the transmission of the PUSCH corresponding to the DCI in the time slot 0 is completed, if the processing capacity of the terminal device is still remaining, the PUSCH corresponding to the DCI in the time slot 1 and the time slot 2 can be prepared subsequently.
  • the terminal equipment can also skip preparing the PUSCH corresponding to the DCI in time slot 1 and/or the PUSCH corresponding to the DCI in time slot 2 after the transmission of the PUSCH corresponding to DCI in time slot 0 is completed, and wait for the network equipment to re-instruct the terminal The device retransmits the PUSCH.
  • determining the priority channel based on the HARQ process ID can prevent important channels from being skipped.
  • the processing capacity of the terminal device is surplus, it is possible to avoid the network device from consuming system resources again to retransmit non-important data, thereby improving the efficiency of the communication system transmission resources.
  • the number of transmission times corresponding to the channel is a positive integer, and the number of transmission times corresponding to the channel may be configured by high-level signaling, or may be predefined, or indicated by downlink control information.
  • the number of channel transmissions can be a value from 1 to 8.
  • the number of transmissions usually refers to the number of repeated transmissions of a channel, that is, the number of times the data carried by a channel is transmitted on multiple time-frequency resources and/or multiple antenna ports from the start to the successful transmission or the stop transmission.
  • the data sent in the two transmissions can be the same or different, that is, the entire TB can be transmitted during retransmission, or part of the TB, that is, a part of the code block group in the TB can be transmitted.
  • the terminal device or the network device determines the priority of the channel according to the number of transmissions corresponding to the channel.
  • An optional preset rule is: the greater the number of transmissions, the higher the priority.
  • Another optional preset rule is: the smaller the number of transmissions, the higher the priority.
  • the number of transmissions corresponding to the PDSCH in time slot 0 is 4, and the number of transmissions corresponding to the PDSCH in time slot 1 is 1.
  • the terminal device determines that the PDSCH in time slot 0 has a higher priority, and the terminal device can process the PDSCH in priority and/or skip processing the PDSCH in time slot 1.
  • skip processing the PDSCH in slot 1 may be skip processing the PDSCH in slot 1 TB, or skip processing a partial code block group of the PUSCH in slot 1.
  • the PDSCH in time slot 0 may be due to the maximum number of transmissions or the buffer of the terminal device may be emptied The entire data needs to be retransmitted, which reduces the efficiency of the communication system's transmission resources.
  • the terminal equipment skips the PDSCH in time slot 1, and the network equipment can also complete data transmission by retransmitting part of the code block group or all TBs of the data corresponding to the PDSCH. Improve the efficiency of communication system transmission resources.
  • the number of transmissions corresponding to DCI in time slot 0 is 1, and the number of transmissions corresponding to DCI in time slot 1 is 4.
  • the terminal device determines that the DCI in time slot 1 has a higher priority, and the terminal device can prioritize the preparation of the PUSCH corresponding to the DCI.
  • the terminal device can skip the preparation time.
  • skipping the preparation of the PUSCH corresponding to the DCI in time slot 0 may be skipping preparation of the transport block TB corresponding to the PUSCH, or skip preparation of the partial code block group corresponding to the PUSCH.
  • the PUSCH corresponding to DCI in time slot 0 is prepared first, the PUSCH corresponding to DCI in time slot 1 may reach the maximum number of transmissions or the terminal equipment If the buffer is emptied and the entire data needs to be retransmitted, the efficiency of the transmission resources of the communication system will be reduced. According to the rule of "the greater the number of transmissions, the higher the priority", the terminal equipment skips the PUSCH corresponding to DCI in time slot 0, and the network equipment can also complete by retransmitting part of the code block group or all TB of the data corresponding to the PDSCH Data transmission, thereby improving the efficiency of communication system transmission resources.
  • the terminal device or the network device may also determine the priority of the channel according to the time domain position of the first downlink channel and the time domain position of the second downlink channel.
  • An optional preset rule is: the lower the time domain position of the channel, the higher the priority of the channel.
  • the time domain position of the first downlink channel is after the time domain position of the second downlink channel, and there are the following situations:
  • Case 3 The start symbol of the first downlink channel is before the start symbol of the second downlink channel, and the end symbol of the first downlink channel is after the end symbol of the second downlink channel;
  • Case 4 The start symbol of the first downlink channel is after the end symbol of the second downlink channel.
  • the time domain position of the downlink channel is lower, indicating that the data carried or scheduled by the downlink channel is urgent data or important data.
  • the priority is higher.
  • the PDSCH in time slot 2 is located after the PDSCH in time slot 1 and time slot 0, but the HARQ information corresponding to the PDSCH in time slot 2 is scheduled in advance, indicating that the PDSCH in time slot 2 carries More important data, therefore, the terminal equipment can prioritize the PDSCH in time slot 2.
  • the terminal device can prioritize the PUSCH in the first half of time slot 4.
  • Another optional preset rule is: the higher the time domain position of the channel, the higher the priority of the channel.
  • the time domain position of the first channel is before the time domain position of the second downlink channel, there are the following situations:
  • Case 3 The start symbol of the first downlink channel is after the start symbol of the second downlink channel, and the termination symbol of the first downlink channel is before the termination symbol of the second downlink channel;
  • Case 4 The end symbol of the first downlink channel is before the start symbol of the second downlink channel.
  • the lower channel may not necessarily be a channel carrying important data according to the time domain position. Therefore, the terminal device may preferentially process the downlink channel that arrives earlier, or the terminal device may preferentially process the uplink channel corresponding to the downlink channel that arrives earlier.
  • the PDSCH in time slot 1 is located after the PDSCH in time slot 0, but the HARQ information corresponding to the PDSCH in time slot 1 is scheduled in advance, indicating that the PDSCH in time slot 1 is not scheduled in order channel. Since TRP1 and TRP2 are in a non-ideal backhaul connection state, the terminal device can preferentially process the PDSCH in time slot 0.
  • the advantage of this is that the PDSCH in time slot 0 is the first channel to be received.
  • the terminal device receives the DCI in time slot 1
  • the decoding of the PDSCH in time slot 0 may have been almost completed, skipping in time slot 0
  • the PDSCH will lead to a waste of computing resources, and may cause retransmission. Therefore, the terminal device preferentially processes the PDSCH in time slot 0 to improve the processing efficiency of the terminal device and the efficiency of communication resources.
  • the DCI in time slot 1 is after the DCI in time slot 0, but the PUSCH corresponding to the DCI in time slot 1 is scheduled in advance, indicating that the PUSCH in time slot 3 is a channel that is not scheduled in sequence . Since TRP1 and TRP2 are in a non-ideal backhaul connection state, the terminal device can preferentially process the PDSCH in time slot 4. In this way, the terminal device can decode in order, reducing the complexity of processing tasks for the terminal device.
  • the terminal device or the network device may also determine the priority of the channel according to the time domain position of the first uplink channel and the time domain position of the second uplink channel.
  • An optional preset rule is: the higher the time domain position of the channel, the higher the priority of the channel.
  • the time domain position of the first uplink channel is after the time domain position of the second uplink channel, and the following situations exist:
  • Case 3 The start symbol of the first uplink channel is before the start symbol of the second uplink channel, and the termination symbol of the first uplink channel is after the termination symbol of the second uplink channel;
  • Case 4 The start symbol of the first uplink channel is after the end symbol of the second uplink channel.
  • the time domain position of the uplink channel is higher, indicating that the data carried by the uplink channel is urgent data or important data, and the priority of the uplink channel Higher.
  • the HARQ information corresponding to the URLLC data in time slot 4 is located before the HARQ information corresponding to eMBB data 1 and eMBB data 2, indicating that the channel in the first half of time slot 4 carries more important data. Therefore, the terminal equipment
  • the channel in the first half of time slot 4 (for example, PUCCH) can be processed preferentially.
  • the PUSCH corresponding to URLLC data in time slot 4 is located before the PUSCH corresponding to eMBB data 1 and eMBB data 2, indicating that the PUSCH in the first half of time slot 4 carries more important data. Therefore, the terminal equipment The PUSCH in the first half of slot 4 can be processed preferentially.
  • the above-mentioned various rules may be defined by the communication protocol, or configured by the network equipment through high-level signaling, or instructed by the network equipment through downlink control information.
  • High-level signaling is usually long-term information, that is, the content configured by the network equipment through the high-level signaling is valid for a long time, unless the network equipment reconfigures this high-level signaling.
  • Dynamic signaling is usually short-term information, that is, the content configured by the network device through dynamic signaling is effective for a short time.
  • the dynamic signaling may be DCI. After the transmission of the information scheduled by the DCI is completed, the content indicated by the DCI becomes invalid.
  • the terminal device can determine the order of applying the rules according to the priority of each rule.
  • S130 may include the following steps:
  • the terminal device determines the candidate target channel from the first channel set according to the first preset rule
  • the terminal device determines that the candidate target channel is the first target channel; if the candidate target channel includes multiple channels, the terminal device determines the first target channel from the candidate target channels according to the second preset rule .
  • the second preset rule is a rule different from the first preset rule. If the second preset rule still cannot determine a channel, the new preset rule continues to be used to determine the first target channel until a channel is determined from the first channel set, that is, the first target channel. It is understandable that in the process of determining the first target channel, each preset rule is used only once. After a preset rule is used, the terminal device will use one of the other unused preset rules or Various processes are performed to determine the first target channel.
  • the first preset rule and the second preset rule may be the above-mentioned rule containing different information in A1 to A10, which is not limited in this application.
  • sequence of the preset rules is A1->A5->A2, or A1->A8->A2, or A1->A8->A2->A9 (or A10).
  • the preset rules include A1 rules, A2 rules, and A5 rules.
  • the priority of the rule containing A1 is higher than the priority of the rule containing A5, and the priority of the rule containing A5 is higher than the priority of the rule containing A2.
  • the terminal device can first apply the rule including A1, if the priority identifiers of the two channels are the same or in the same priority identifier set.
  • the terminal device can apply the rule including A5 again, and determine the priority of the two channels according to the size of the TBS carried by the two channels. If the TBS carried by the two channels are the same or within the same TBS value range, the terminal device can apply the rule including A2 again, and determine the priority of the two channels according to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the two channels .
  • the current rules used by terminal equipment include:
  • Rule 1 The higher the identifier corresponding to the priority identifier of the channel, the higher the priority of the channel.
  • Rule 3 The more time-frequency resources a channel occupies, the higher the priority of the channel.
  • the current rules used by terminal equipment include:
  • Rule 1 The higher the identifier corresponding to the priority identifier of the channel, the higher the priority of the channel.
  • Rule 2 The greater the number of transmissions corresponding to a channel, the higher the priority of the channel.
  • Rule 3 The more time-frequency resources a channel occupies, the higher the priority of the channel.
  • the terminal device After receiving the PDSCH in time slot 0 and time slot 1, the terminal device first compares the priority identifiers of the two PDSCHs according to rule 1. If the priority identifiers of the two PDSCHs are the same, the transmission times of the two PDSCHs are compared according to rule 2. If the number of transmissions corresponding to the PDSCH in time slot 0 is 4 and the number of transmissions corresponding to the PDSCH in time slot 1 is 2, the terminal device determines that the priority of the PDSCH in time slot 0 is higher and processes the PDSCH in time slot 0 first. If the number of transmissions corresponding to the PDSCH in time slot 0 is the same as the number of transmissions corresponding to PDSCH in time slot 1, the terminal device compares the time-frequency resources occupied by the two PDSCHs according to rule 3.
  • the preset rules include A1 rules, A2 rules, A8 rules, and A9 (or A10) rules.
  • the priority of the rule containing A1 is higher than the priority of the rule containing A8, the priority of the rule containing A8 is higher than the priority of the rule containing A2, and the priority of the rule containing A2 is higher than the priority of the rule containing A9 (or A10)
  • the terminal device can first apply the rule including A1, if the priority identifiers of the two channels are the same or in the same priority identifier set.
  • the terminal device can apply the rule including A8 again, and determine the priority of the two channels according to the size of the transmission times of the two channels.
  • the terminal device can then apply the rule including A2 to determine the priority of the two channels according to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the two channels level. If the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the two channels is the same or within the same value range of the number of time-frequency resources, the terminal device can then apply the rule including A9 (or A10) according to the time-frequency resources occupied by the two channels. The time domain position of the frequency resource determines the priority of the two channels.
  • the current rules used by terminal equipment include:
  • Rule 1 The higher the identifier corresponding to the priority identifier of the channel, the higher the priority of the channel.
  • Rule 2 The greater the number of transmissions corresponding to a channel, the higher the priority of the channel.
  • Rule 3 The more time-frequency resources a channel occupies, the higher the priority of the channel.
  • Rule 4 The lower the time domain position of the downlink channel, the higher the priority of the downlink channel; or the earlier the time domain position of the uplink channel, the higher the priority of the uplink channel
  • rule in rule 3 can also be replaced with a rule containing any information from A3 to A10.
  • the order of the rules may be pre-defined or configured by high-level signaling, which is not limited in the present invention.
  • the terminal device may occupy according to the downlink channel
  • the time interval between the time domain resource and the uplink channel occupying the time domain resource and the first time interval threshold determine the first target channel for priority processing.
  • the terminal device obtains the first time interval threshold, where the first time interval threshold may be predefined, or configured by the network device through high-level signaling, or indicated by the network device through downlink control information .
  • the terminal device may preferentially process the second downlink channel and skip processing the first downlink channel.
  • the terminal device may preferentially process the second downlink channel and process the first downlink channel Or process part of the code block group of the first downlink channel.
  • the terminal device may preferentially process the second uplink channel and skip processing the first uplink channel.
  • the terminal device may preferentially process the second uplink channel and process the first uplink channel.
  • the definition of the channel time interval can be one of the following situations:
  • Channel A# is the first downlink channel, and channel B# is the second downlink channel; or, channel A# is the first uplink channel, and channel B# is the second uplink channel.
  • network equipment may also configure other content related to out-of-sequence scheduling through high-level signaling.
  • the method 100 may further include the following steps:
  • the terminal device receives the first configuration information or the second configuration information.
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate that the backhaul between multiple network devices corresponding to the terminal device is an ideal backhaul or is used to indicate that the terminal device corresponds to a network device, and the second configuration information Used to indicate that the backhaul between multiple network devices corresponding to the terminal device is non-ideal backhaul.
  • the aforementioned network device may be a TRP, for example.
  • the terminal device can determine the state of the current network device through the first configuration information or the second configuration information, and select an appropriate rule according to the state of the network device.
  • the terminal device can apply the following rules: the channel with the lower position in the time domain has a higher priority; if the terminal device receives the second configuration information, the terminal device can apply A1- A combination of one or more preset rules in A10.
  • the advantage of the above solution is that when the backhaul between multiple network devices is an ideal backhaul, or when a terminal device corresponds to a network device, the channel with the later position in the time domain must carry or schedule important data, and the time domain position is used
  • the higher priority rules of the lower channels can prevent important data from being skipped.
  • the channel located later in the time domain does not necessarily carry or schedule important data.
  • the terminal device judges the channel to be processed first according to other rules, which is beneficial to the terminal device to determine the load.
  • the channel of important information is conducive to improving the efficiency of communication resources.
  • the method 100 may also include the following steps:
  • the terminal device receives the third configuration information, and the third configuration information is used to configure whether the terminal device can perform out-of-sequence scheduling.
  • the network device can enable or disable this ability according to the actual situation.
  • the network device can use the third configuration information to enable the non-sequential scheduling capability of the terminal device, thereby effectively improving the endurance and reliability of the terminal device.
  • the third configuration information can be a bit. When the value of this bit is "0", it means that the ability to schedule out of order is disabled; when the value of this bit is "1", it means that it is not enabled. The ability of sequential scheduling.
  • the third configuration information may also be other types of information. For example, whether the terminal device can perform out-of-sequence scheduling can be implicitly configured through different preamble sequences.
  • the terminal device can send capability information to the network device, and the capability information is used to indicate whether the terminal device supports out-of-sequence scheduling.
  • the network device may schedule channels out of order so that important data can be transmitted as soon as possible. If the capability information reported by the terminal device indicates that the terminal device supports out-of-sequence scheduling, the network device may also schedule the channels in order. Optionally, the network device may send third configuration information.
  • the network device may schedule channels in order to ensure the transmission reliability of important data.
  • the network device may not send the third configuration information, or the network device may send the third configuration information to indicate that the terminal device cannot perform out-of-sequence scheduling.
  • the foregoing non-sequential scheduling includes: non-sequential scheduling from the downlink data channel to HARQ information, and/or non-sequential scheduling from the downlink control channel to the uplink data channel.
  • the terminal device supports the out-of-sequence scheduling without distinguishing content.
  • the terminal device also supports only one type of non-sequential scheduling, that is, the terminal device can further indicate the specific capabilities that it supports in the capability information, so that the network device can schedule more accurately. For example, the terminal device reports that it supports out-of-sequence scheduling from the downlink data channel to HARQ information, but the terminal device reports that it does not support the out-of-sequence scheduling from the downlink control channel to the uplink data channel.
  • the terminal device reports that it does not support the out-of-sequence scheduling from the downlink data channel to the HARQ information, but the terminal device reports that it supports the out-of-sequence scheduling from the downlink control channel to the uplink data channel.
  • the above mainly introduces a scenario based on two downlink channels out of order, or a scenario based on two uplink channels out of order.
  • the network device sends three or more downlink channels, for example, the network device also sends a third downlink channel
  • the terminal device can further determine the priority of the third downlink channel, so that the processing can be completed on the first target channel Then it is determined whether to process channels other than the first target channel.
  • the first target channel is the first downlink channel, then the terminal device needs to further determine whether to process the second downlink channel and the third downlink channel.
  • the terminal device can further determine the priority of the third uplink channel, so as to complete the processing on the first target channel Then it is determined whether to process channels other than the first target channel. For example, the first target channel is the second uplink channel, then the terminal device needs to further determine whether to process the first uplink channel and the third uplink channel.
  • the first channel set in S130 may further include a third downlink channel, and the method 100 may further include:
  • the terminal device receives the third downlink channel in the fifth time period. There is a correspondence between the third downlink channel and the third uplink channel.
  • the third uplink channel occupies the sixth time period, and the fifth time period is located before the second time period and is located in the sixth time period Before, the sixth period was after the third period.
  • the terminal device determines the second target channel to be processed preferentially from channels other than the first target channel in the first channel set according to a preset rule.
  • Channels other than the first target channel in the first channel set may be referred to as other channels. If the processing capacity of the terminal device still remains, after the processing of the first target channel is completed, the channel to be processed first, that is, the second target channel, may be determined from other channels.
  • the terminal device may directly determine the second target channel from other channels by using the rule used when determining the first target channel.
  • the terminal device may also first determine the relationship between the sum of the values of the first information of other channels and the threshold of the first information, and then determine the second target channel.
  • the foregoing first information is at least one of time-frequency resources, number of layers, and TBS.
  • the PDSCH in time slot 2 is equivalent to the first target channel
  • the PDSCH in time slot 0 and the PDSCH in time slot 1 are equivalent to other channels.
  • the time-frequency resource occupied by PDSCH in time slot 0 is 8 RBs, the number of layers is 4, and the TBS is 1000 bits
  • the time-frequency resource occupied by PDSCH in time slot 1 is 7 RBs, the number of layers is 2, and the TBS is 500 Bit
  • the threshold of time-frequency resources is 100 RBs, the threshold of the number of layers is 6, and the threshold of TBS is 800 bits.
  • the terminal device can first determine whether the sum of the time-frequency resources of the above two PDSCHs is greater than the threshold of the time-frequency resources. If it is greater, it needs to remove one or more PDSCHs before comparing whether the sum of the remaining PDSCHs is greater than the time-frequency resources. Resource threshold.
  • the sum (15) of the time-frequency resources of the two PDSCHs is less than the threshold (100) of the time-frequency resources. Therefore, the terminal device can determine whether the sum of the number of layers of the two PDSCHs is greater than the threshold of the number of layers. If it is greater than, then After removing one or more PDSCHs, it is necessary to compare whether the sum of the number of layers of the remaining PDSCH is greater than the number of layers threshold.
  • the sum of the number of layers of the two PDSCHs (6) is equal to the number of layers threshold (6); therefore, the terminal device can determine whether the sum of the TBS of the two PDSCHs is greater than the threshold of TBS, and if it is greater, one or more layers need to be removed. After each PDSCH, compare whether the sum of the TBS of the remaining PDSCHs is greater than the TBS threshold.
  • the terminal device can determine the PDSCH in time slot 1 (TBS is 500) as the second target channel, and decode The PDSCH.
  • TBS is 500
  • the PDSCH in time slot 0 can be skipped, or it can be processed after the PDSCH in time slot 1 is processed.
  • the terminal device can also determine whether other channels can be processed in all according to a single threshold.
  • the specific numerical value of each of the above thresholds can be set according to the processing capability of the terminal device, that is, the terminal device reports the processing capability of the terminal device. If the processing capability of the terminal device is strong, the threshold can be set to a larger value; if the processing capability of the terminal device is weak, the threshold can be set to a smaller value.
  • the specific values of the above thresholds can also be pre-defined or configured by high-level signaling.
  • the terminal device can determine the second target channel from other channels according to the rule used when determining the first target channel, or it can determine the second target channel from other channels according to different
  • the rule used for a target channel determines the second target channel from other channels. If the sum of the values of the first information of other channels is greater than the first information threshold, the terminal device can determine the second target from the remaining channels according to the rules used when determining the first target channel after removing some channels from the other channels Channel, the second target channel can also be determined from other channels according to a rule different from that used when the first target channel is used.
  • the rules for determining the first target channel and the second target channel may be the same or different, which is not limited in the present invention.
  • the threshold of the time-frequency resource may be one or more RB numbers, for example, any integer from 2 to 136. Some RB thresholds are enumerated below. However, these values are only examples and should not be construed as limiting the application.
  • the RB threshold may also be a positive integer greater than 136.
  • the threshold of the number of layers may be one or more layers, for example, any integer in the range of 2-8.
  • the following enumerate some thresholds for the number of layers, but these values are only examples and should not be construed as limiting the application.
  • the threshold for the number of layers can also be a positive integer greater than 8.
  • the threshold of TBS is 3824, 3824*2, 3824*3, 3824*4, 8824, 8824*2, 8824*3, 8824*4, 347716, 471400, and the threshold of TBS can also be greater than A positive integer equal to 8 and less than or equal to 946256, this application does not limit the threshold of TBS.
  • the first information is the number of RBs, the threshold of the first information is 100 RBs, the number of RBs occupied by eMBB data carried by PDSCH1 is 8, the number of RBs occupied by eMBB data carried by PDSCH2 is 7, and the number of RBs occupied by eMBB data carried by PDSCH3 The number is 1, and the number of RBs occupied by eMBB data carried by PDSCH4 is 90.
  • the terminal device can determine the second target channel according to one of the following three methods.
  • the M channels with the smallest difference between the sum of the value of the first information corresponding to the channel and the threshold of the first information are the channels for priority processing, and M is a positive integer.
  • the terminal device may further determine the first channel to be processed from the three channels based on the rule for determining the first target channel.
  • the above method can make the most of the processing capacity of the terminal device.
  • the M channels with the largest difference between the value of the first information corresponding to the channel and the threshold of the first information are the channels for priority processing, and M is a positive integer.
  • PDSCH1, PDSCH2 and PDSCH3 is the second target channel that needs to be processed preferentially among other channels.
  • the terminal device may further determine the first channel to be processed from the three channels based on the rule for determining the first target channel.
  • the threshold of the difference between the number of RBs and the threshold of the number of RBs can be set according to the processing capability of the terminal device. If the processing capability of the terminal device is strong, the threshold can be set to a larger value; if the processing capability of the terminal device is weak, then The threshold can be set to a smaller value.
  • the difference threshold can also be pre-defined or configured by higher layer signaling.
  • the foregoing method can reduce the complexity of determining the second target channel by the terminal device.
  • the M channels with the smallest difference between the value of the first information corresponding to the channel and the threshold of the first information are the channels for priority processing, and M is a positive integer.
  • the threshold of the difference between the number of RBs and the threshold of the number of RBs can be set according to the processing capability of the terminal device. If the processing capability of the terminal device is strong, the threshold can be set to a larger value; if the processing capability of the terminal device is weak, then The threshold can be set to a smaller value.
  • the difference threshold can also be pre-defined or configured by higher layer signaling.
  • the foregoing method can reduce the complexity of determining the second target channel by the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may also determine the second target channel according to the time interval and the first time interval threshold. That is, the first information may be a time interval.
  • the foregoing time interval includes at least one of the following situations: the time interval between the first downlink channel occupies time domain resources and the first uplink channel occupies time domain resources, the second downlink channel occupies time domain resources and the second uplink channel occupies time domain resources The time interval between the time domain resource occupied by the third downlink channel and the time domain resource occupied by the third uplink channel, the time domain resource occupied by the first downlink channel and the time domain resource occupied by the second downlink channel, the second downlink channel The time interval between the time domain resource occupied by the channel and the time domain resource occupied by the third downlink channel, the time interval between the time domain resource occupied by the first downlink channel and the time domain resource occupied by the third downlink channel, and the time domain resource occupied by the first uplink channel 2.
  • the first time interval threshold may be one or more symbols, or one or more time slots, or a time period of one or several milliseconds (ms). For example, 3 symbols, 3.5 symbols, 4 symbols, 4.5 symbols, 5 symbols, 5.5 symbols, 6 symbols, 6.5 symbols, 7 symbols, 7.5 symbols, 8 symbols, 8.5 symbols, 9 symbols, 9.5 symbols, 10 symbols, 10.5 symbols, 11 symbols, 11.5 symbols, 12 symbols, 12.5 symbols, 13 symbols, 13.5 symbols, 14 symbols, 1 slot, 2 Time slots, 3 time slots, 4 time slots, 5 time slots, 6 time slots, 7 time slots, 8 time slots, 0.25ms, 0.5ms, 1ms.
  • the first time interval threshold may also be other values, for example, starting from 14 symbols, each 0.5 symbol takes a value, up to 112 symbols.
  • the first information may also be the HARQ process number, and the threshold of the HARQ process number may be 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12.
  • the threshold of the HARQ process number can be a positive integer greater than 12.
  • the terminal device may also determine whether to process other channels according to the value of the first information corresponding to the first target channel and the threshold of the first information.
  • the terminal device preferentially processes the first target channel and skips processing other channels.
  • the first information here may be one piece of information or a combination of multiple pieces of information. That is to say, when one of the multiple pieces of information exceeds the threshold, the terminal device only processes the first target channel. It may also be that when all the information in the multiple information exceeds the threshold, the terminal device only processes the first target channel.
  • the advantage of the above implementation is that when the information corresponding to the most important channel exceeds the threshold, it can be considered that all the capabilities of the terminal device can only process the first target channel at this time, and there is no remaining capability to process other channels. Use low-cost terminal equipment in out-of-sequence scheduling scenarios.
  • the terminal device preferentially processes the first target channel and processes the aforementioned second target channel. Further optionally, the terminal device skips processing channels other than the first target channel and the second target channel. Further optionally, the first information corresponding to the other channels exceeds the threshold of the first information at this time.
  • the first information here may be one piece of information or a combination of multiple pieces of information. If at least one piece of first information corresponding to the first target channel does not exceed the threshold, the terminal device also processes the second target channel. Or, if all the first information corresponding to the first target channel does not exceed the threshold, the terminal device also processes the second target channel.
  • the processing procedure of the network device corresponds to the processing procedure of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives information from the network device, which means that the network device sends the information.
  • the terminal device sends information to the network device, which means that the network device receives the information from the terminal device. Therefore, even if the processing procedure of the network device is not clearly stated in the above individual places, those skilled in the art can clearly understand the processing procedure of the network device based on the processing procedure of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the first downlink channel and the second downlink channel from the network device, which means that the network device has performed the following steps:
  • the network device transmits the first downlink channel in the first time period, and there is a corresponding relationship between the first downlink channel and the first uplink channel.
  • the first uplink channel occupies the fourth time period, and the fourth time period is located in the After the first period.
  • the network device transmits the second downlink channel in the second time period, and there is a corresponding relationship between the second downlink channel and the second uplink channel, the second uplink channel occupies the third time period, and the second time period is located in the After the first time period and before the third time period, the third time period is before the fourth time period.
  • the network device can also perform the following steps:
  • the network device determines a first target channel from a first channel set according to a preset rule, the first channel set includes the first downlink channel and the second downlink channel, or the first channel set Including the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel.
  • the network device receives the first target channel or HARQ information corresponding to the first target channel.
  • the network device applying the method 100 can determine the channel to be received in different scenarios (that is, the channel that needs to be processed preferentially by the terminal device) according to the actual situation, compared with the channel that is scheduled after the reception time (or channel) in the prior art. ,
  • the HARQ information corresponding to the channel) method, the network device applying the method 100 can meet the transmission requirements of emergency data or more important data, thereby improving the transmission efficiency of important emergency data.
  • the communication device includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • the present application may divide the communication device into functional units according to the foregoing method examples.
  • each function may be divided into each functional unit, or two or more functions may be integrated into one functional unit.
  • the communication device may include a processing unit for performing the determined action in the above method example, a receiving unit for implementing the receiving action in the above method example, and a sending unit for implementing the sending action in the above method example.
  • the above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit. It should be noted that the division of units in this application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • FIG. 15 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by the present application.
  • the communication device 1500 may be used to implement the methods described in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication device 1500 may be a chip, a network device or a terminal device.
  • the communication device 1500 includes one or more processors 1501, and the one or more processors 1501 can support the communication device 1500 to implement the method in the method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 14.
  • the processor 1501 may be a general-purpose processor or a special-purpose processor.
  • the processor 1501 may be a central processing unit (CPU) or a baseband processor.
  • the baseband processor can be used to process communication data (for example, the data carried by the various channels described above), and the CPU can be used to control communication devices (for example, network equipment, terminal equipment, or chips), execute software programs, and process Software program data.
  • the communication device 1500 may further include a transceiving unit 1505 to implement signal input (reception) and output (transmission).
  • the communication device 1500 may be a chip, and the transceiver unit 1505 may be the input and/or output circuit of the chip, or the transceiver unit 1505 may be a communication interface of the chip, and the chip may be used as a terminal device or a network device or other wireless communication. Components of equipment.
  • the communication device 1500 may include one or more memories 1502 with a program 1504 stored thereon.
  • the program 1504 can be run by the processor 1501 to generate instructions 1503 so that the processor 1501 executes the methods described in the foregoing method embodiments according to the instructions 1503.
  • the memory 1502 may also store data.
  • the processor 1501 may also read data stored in the memory 1502 (for example, data carried by each channel in the method 100). The data may be stored at the same storage address as the program 1504, and the data may also be the same as the program 1504. 1504 is stored in a different storage address.
  • the processor 1501 and the memory 1502 may be provided separately or integrated together, for example, integrated on a single board or a system on chip (SOC).
  • SOC system on chip
  • the communication device 1500 may further include a transceiver unit 1505 and an antenna 1506.
  • the transceiver unit 1505 may be called a transceiver, a transceiver circuit or a transceiver, and is used to implement the transceiver function of the communication device through the antenna 1506.
  • the processor 1501 is used to control the transceiver unit 1505 and the antenna 1506 to execute:
  • the first downlink channel is received in the first time period, there is a corresponding relationship between the first downlink channel and the first uplink channel, the first uplink channel occupies a fourth time period, and the fourth time period is located in the first time period. After a period of time
  • the second downlink channel is received in the second time period, there is a corresponding relationship between the second downlink channel and the second uplink channel, the second uplink channel occupies a third time period, and the second time period is located in the first time period After and before the third time period, the third time period is before the fourth time period;
  • the processor 1501 is further configured to execute: determining a first target channel for priority processing from a first channel set according to a preset rule, the first channel set including the first downlink channel and the second downlink channel, or , The first channel set includes the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel.
  • the processor 1501 is further configured to execute through the transceiver unit 1505 and the antenna 1506:
  • the third downlink channel is received in the fifth time period, there is a correspondence between the third downlink channel and the third uplink channel, the third uplink channel occupies a sixth time period, and the fifth time period is located in the second time period Before and before the sixth time period, and the sixth time period is after the third time period;
  • the processor 1501 is further configured to execute: according to the preset rule, determine a second target channel to be processed preferentially from channels in the first channel set except the first target channel.
  • the processor 1501 is configured to execute through the transceiver unit 1505 and the antenna 1506:
  • first configuration information is used to indicate that the backhaul between multiple network devices corresponding to the terminal device is an ideal backhaul or is used to indicate that the terminal device corresponds to one network device
  • second configuration information The configuration information is used to indicate that the backhaul between multiple network devices corresponding to the terminal device is a non-ideal backhaul.
  • the processor 1501 is configured to execute through the transceiver unit 1505 and the antenna 1506:
  • the processor 1501 is configured to execute through the transceiver unit 1505 and the antenna 1506:
  • Receive third configuration information where the third configuration information is used to configure whether the terminal device can perform out-of-sequence transmission.
  • the processor 1501 is used to control the transceiver unit 1505 and the antenna 1506 to execute:
  • the first downlink channel is sent in the first time period, the first downlink channel and the first uplink channel are in correspondence, the first uplink channel occupies the fourth time period, and the fourth time period is located in the first time period.
  • the second downlink channel is sent in the second time period, and there is a correspondence between the second downlink channel and the second uplink channel, the second uplink channel occupies a third time period, and the second time period is located in the first time period After and before the third time period, the third time period is before the fourth time period;
  • the first target channel is determined from a first channel set according to a preset rule, the first channel set includes the first downlink channel and the second downlink channel, or the first channel set includes the first channel An uplink channel and the second uplink channel;
  • channels other than the first target channel in the first channel set are other channels, and the processor 1501 is configured to execute through the transceiver unit 1505 and the antenna 1506:
  • the HARQ information corresponding to some or all of the other channels is received, and the HARQ information corresponding to some or all of the other channels is NACK.
  • the first channel set further includes a third downlink channel
  • the processor 1501 is configured to execute through the transceiver unit 1505 and the antenna 1506:
  • the third downlink channel is sent in the fifth time period, there is a corresponding relationship between the third downlink channel and the third uplink channel, the third uplink channel occupies a sixth time period, and the fifth time period is located in the second time period Before and before the sixth time period, and the sixth time period is after the third time period;
  • the processor 1501 is also used to execute:
  • the processor 1501 is further configured to execute through the transceiver unit 1505 and the antenna 1506:
  • the processor 1501 is further configured to execute through the transceiver unit 1505 and the antenna 1506:
  • the first configuration information is used to indicate that the backhaul between multiple network devices corresponding to the terminal device is an ideal backhaul or is used to indicate that the terminal device corresponds to one network device
  • the second The configuration information is used to indicate that the backhaul between multiple network devices corresponding to the terminal device is a non-ideal backhaul.
  • the processor 1501 is further configured to execute through the transceiver unit 1505 and the antenna 1506:
  • Receive capability information where the capability information is used to indicate whether the terminal device supports out-of-sequence transmission.
  • the processor 1501 is further configured to execute through the transceiver unit 1505 and the antenna 1506:
  • Send third configuration information where the third configuration information is used to configure whether the terminal device can perform out-of-sequence transmission.
  • each step of the method embodiment may be completed by a logic circuit in the form of hardware or instructions in the form of software in the processor 1501.
  • the processor 1501 can be a CPU, a digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices , For example, discrete gates, transistor logic devices, or discrete hardware components.
  • This application also provides a computer program product, which, when executed by the processor 1501, implements the communication method described in any method embodiment in this application.
  • the computer program product may be stored in the memory 1502, for example, a program 1504.
  • the program 1504 is finally converted into an executable object file that can be executed by the processor 1501 after preprocessing, compilation, assembly, and linking.
  • This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the communication method described in any method embodiment in this application is implemented.
  • the computer program can be a high-level language program or an executable target program.
  • the computer-readable storage medium is, for example, the memory 1502.
  • the memory 1502 may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or the memory 1502 may include both a volatile memory and a non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electronic Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • static random access memory static random access memory
  • dynamic RAM dynamic random access memory
  • synchronous dynamic random access memory synchronous DRAM, SDRAM
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • synchronous connection dynamic random access memory serial DRAM, SLDRAM
  • direct rambus RAM direct rambus RAM, DR RAM
  • FIG. 16 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided in this application.
  • the terminal device 1600 can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1 to realize the functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • FIG. 16 only shows the main components of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device 1600 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
  • the processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the entire terminal device. For example, the processor receives the first instruction information and the second instruction information through the antenna and the control circuit.
  • the memory is mainly used to store programs and data, such as storing communication protocols and data to be sent.
  • the control circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and the processing of radio frequency signals.
  • the control circuit and the antenna together can also be called a transceiver, which is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • the input and output device is, for example, a touch screen or a keyboard, and is mainly used to receive data input by the user and output data to the user.
  • the processor can read the program in the memory, interpret and execute the instructions contained in the program, and process the data in the program.
  • the processor performs baseband processing on the information to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal to obtain a radio frequency signal, and transmits the radio frequency signal to the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves. Send outside.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into information And process the information.
  • FIG. 16 only shows one memory and one processor. In an actual terminal device, there may be multiple processors and multiple memories.
  • the memory may also be called a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • the processor in FIG. 16 can integrate the functions of the baseband processor and the CPU.
  • the baseband processor and the CPU can also be independent processors, using technologies such as buses. interconnected.
  • the terminal device may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the terminal device may include multiple CPUs to enhance its processing capabilities, and various components of the terminal device may be connected through various buses.
  • the baseband processor may also be referred to as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip.
  • the CPU may also be called a central processing circuit or a central processing chip.
  • the function of processing the communication protocol and the communication data may be built in the processor, or stored in the memory in the form of a program, and the processor executes the program in the memory to realize the baseband processing function.
  • the antenna and control circuit with the transceiver function can be regarded as the transceiver unit 1601 of the terminal device 1600, which is used to support the terminal device to implement the receiving function in the method embodiment, or to support the terminal device to implement the method embodiment.
  • the processor with processing function is regarded as the processing unit 1602 of the terminal device 1600.
  • the terminal device 1600 includes a transceiver unit 1601 and a processing unit 1602.
  • the transceiver unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver, and so on.
  • the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 1601 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiver unit 1601 can be regarded as the sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 1601 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit,
  • the receiving unit may also be called a receiver, an input port, a receiving circuit, etc.
  • the sending unit may be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, etc.
  • the processor 1602 may be used to execute a program stored in the memory to control the transceiver unit 1601 to receive signals and/or send signals, and complete the functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the function of the transceiver unit 1601 may be implemented by a transceiver circuit or a dedicated chip for transceiver.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided in this application, and the network device may be, for example, a base station.
  • the base station can be applied to the system shown in Fig. 1 to realize the function of the network device in the above method embodiment.
  • the base station 1700 may include one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 1701 and at least one baseband unit (BBU) 1702.
  • RRU remote radio unit
  • BBU baseband unit
  • the BBU 1702 may include a distributed unit (DU), or may include a DU and a centralized unit (CU).
  • DU distributed unit
  • CU centralized unit
  • the RRU 1701 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, and it may include at least one antenna 17011 and a radio frequency unit 17012.
  • the RRU1701 is mainly used for the transceiver of radio frequency signals and the conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for supporting the base station to implement the sending and receiving functions in the method embodiments.
  • BBU1702 is mainly used for baseband processing and control of base stations.
  • the RRU 1701 and the BBU 1702 can be physically set together, or physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
  • the BBU1702 can also be called a processing unit, which is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, and spreading.
  • the BBU 1702 may be used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the BBU 1702 can be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards can jointly support a wireless access network of a single access standard, or can respectively support wireless access networks of different access standards.
  • the BBU 1702 also includes a memory 17021 and a processor 17022.
  • the memory 17021 is used to store necessary instructions and data.
  • the memory 17021 stores various finger information in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the processor 17022 is configured to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to perform the operation procedures in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the memory 17021 and the processor 17022 may serve one or more boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
  • the base station shown in FIG. 17 is only an example, and the network device applicable to this application may also be an active antenna unit (AAU) in an active antenna system (AAS) .
  • AAU active antenna unit
  • AAS active antenna system
  • the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, some features of the method embodiments described above may be ignored or not implemented.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods, and multiple units or components may be combined or integrated into another system.
  • the coupling between the units or the coupling between the components may be direct coupling or indirect coupling, and the foregoing coupling includes electrical, mechanical, or other forms of connection.
  • the size of the sequence number of each process does not mean the order of execution.
  • the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not correspond to the embodiments of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • system and “network” in this article are often used interchangeably in this article.
  • the term “and/or” in this article is only an association relationship describing associated objects, which means that there can be three types of relationships. For example, A and/or B can mean that there is A alone, and both A and B exist. There are three cases of B.
  • the character “/” in this text generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or” relationship.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided in the present application is a communication method and a communication device, which can be applied to an out-of-order scheduling scenario in a 5G mobile communication system. The method comprises: when a network device has successively sent two downlink channels, but the time sequence of uplink channels corresponding to the two downlink channels is opposite to the time sequence of the two downlink channels, a terminal device determining that same is currently in an out-of-order scheduling scenario, and determining, according to preset rules, a downlink channel or uplink channel that is preferentially processed. A terminal device that applies the described method can, according to actual conditions, determine channels that need to be preferentially processed in different scenarios. Compared to the method in the prior art in which channels having later scheduling times are always processed, the communication method provided in the present application can meet the transmission requirements of urgent data or more important data, thereby improving the transmission efficiency of important and urgent data.

Description

通信方法和通信装置Communication method and communication device
本申请要求于2019年03月29日提交中国专利局、申请号为201910253504.7、申请名称为“通信方法和通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application filed with the Chinese Patent Office with the application number 201910253504.7 and the application name "Communication Method and Communication Device" on March 29, 2019, the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信领域,尤其涉及通信领域中的一种通信方法和一种通信装置。This application relates to the communication field, and in particular to a communication method and a communication device in the communication field.
背景技术Background technique
为了应对未来爆炸性的移动数据流量增长、海量移动通信的设备连接、不断涌现的各类新业务和应用场景,第五代(the fifth generation,5G)移动通信系统应运而生。5G移动通信系统需要支持增强型移动宽带(enhanced mobile broadband,eMBB)业务、高可靠低时延通信(ultra reliable and low latency communications,URLLC)业务以及海量机器类通信(massive machine type communications,mMTC)业务。In order to cope with the explosive growth of mobile data traffic in the future, the connection of massive mobile communication devices, and the emerging various new services and application scenarios, the fifth generation (5G) mobile communication system has emerged. 5G mobile communication systems need to support enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB) services, ultra-reliable and low-latency communications (URLLC) services, and massive machine type communications (mMTC) services .
不同业务对移动通信系统的需求不同。例如,典型的eMBB业务有:超高清视频、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)等,这些业务的主要特点是传输数据量大、传输速率很高。典型的URLLC业务有:工业制造或生产流程中的无线控制、无人驾驶汽车和无人驾驶飞机的运动控制以及远程修理、远程手术等触觉交互类应用,这些业务的主要特点是超高可靠性、低延时,传输数据量较少以及具有突发性。Different services have different requirements for mobile communication systems. For example, typical eMBB services include: ultra-high-definition video, augmented reality (AR), virtual reality (VR), etc. The main characteristics of these services are large transmission data volume and high transmission rate. Typical URLLC services include wireless control in industrial manufacturing or production processes, motion control of unmanned vehicles and unmanned aircraft, and tactile interaction applications such as remote repairs and remote surgery. The main feature of these services is ultra-high reliability. , Low latency, less data transmission and bursty.
目前,终端设备按照时间次序处理业务,即,先处理先到的信道,等先到的信道处理完成后再处理后到的信道。但在一些情况下,为了满足URLLC业务的低时延的要求,即使承载URLLC业务的信道在承载eMBB业务的信道之后被调度,承载URLLC业务的信道也需要先于承载eMBB业务的信道被处理,这种业务处理方式被称为不按顺序(out of order)调度。如何在复杂多变的5G通信系统中实现不按顺序调度是一个亟待解决的问题。At present, the terminal equipment processes services in a time sequence, that is, processes the first-arrival channels first, and waits for the first-arrive channels to be processed before processing the latter ones. However, in some cases, in order to meet the low latency requirements of URLLC services, even if the channel carrying URLLC services is scheduled after the channel carrying eMBB services, the channel carrying URLLC services needs to be processed before the channel carrying eMBB services. This business processing method is called out of order (out of order) scheduling. How to implement out-of-sequence scheduling in a complex and changeable 5G communication system is an urgent problem to be solved.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供了一种通信方法和一种通信装置,能够应用于5G移动通信系统中的不按顺序调度场景。The present application provides a communication method and a communication device, which can be applied to an out-of-sequence scheduling scenario in a 5G mobile communication system.
第一方面,提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由终端设备或者终端设备中的模块(如芯片)执行。该方法包括:在第一时段内接收第一下行信道,第一下行信道与第一上行信道之间存在对应关系,第一上行信道占用第四时段,第四时段位于所述第一时段之后;在第二时段内接收第二下行信道,第二下行信道与第二上行信道之间存在对应关系,第二上行信道占用第三时段,第二时段位于第一时段之后且位于第三时段之前,第三时段位于第四时段之前;根据预设规则从第一信道集合中确定优先处理的第一目标信道,第一信道集合包括第一下行信道和第二下行信道,或者,第一信道集合包括第一上行信道和第二上行 信道。In the first aspect, a communication method is provided, which can be executed by a terminal device or a module (such as a chip) in the terminal device. The method includes: receiving a first downlink channel in a first time period, there is a corresponding relationship between the first downlink channel and the first uplink channel, the first uplink channel occupies a fourth time period, and the fourth time period is located in the first time period Afterwards; the second downlink channel is received in the second time period, there is a correspondence between the second downlink channel and the second uplink channel, the second uplink channel occupies the third time period, the second time period is located after the first time period and is located in the third time period Previously, the third time period was before the fourth time period; the first target channel for priority processing was determined from the first channel set according to preset rules, the first channel set including the first downlink channel and the second downlink channel, or the first The channel set includes a first uplink channel and a second uplink channel.
应用上述方法的终端设备能够根据实际情况确定不同场景中需要被优先处理的信道,相比于现有技术中一律处理时间上后调度的信道的方法,本申请提供的通信方法能够满足紧急数据或者更重要数据的传输需求,从而能够提高重要紧急数据的传输效率。The terminal device applying the above method can determine the channels that need to be processed preferentially in different scenarios according to the actual situation. Compared with the method in the prior art that all processes the channels scheduled after the time, the communication method provided in this application can meet the needs of urgent data or The transmission requirements of more important data can improve the transmission efficiency of important emergency data.
可选地,所述预设规则包括以下信息中的至少一种:第一信道集合中信道对应的下行控制信道指示的优先级信息或第一信道集合中信道指示的优先级信息;第一信道集合中信道对应的时频资源;第一信道集合中信道对应的层数;第一信道集合中信道对应的误块率;第一信道集合中信道承载的传输块大小TBS;第一信道集合中信道承载的上行控制信息UCI的类型;第一信道集合中信道对应的下行控制信道指示的混合自动重传请求HARQ进程号;第一信道集合中信道对应的传输次数;第一下行信道的时域位置与所述第二下行信道的时域位置;第一上行信道的时域位置与所述第二上行信道的时域位置。Optionally, the preset rule includes at least one of the following information: priority information indicated by the downlink control channel corresponding to the channel in the first channel set or priority information indicated by the channel in the first channel set; the first channel The time-frequency resources corresponding to the channels in the set; the number of layers corresponding to the channels in the first channel set; the block error rate corresponding to the channels in the first channel set; the transport block size TBS carried by the channels in the first channel set; the first channel set The type of uplink control information UCI carried by the channel; the HARQ process number of the hybrid automatic repeat request indicated by the downlink control channel corresponding to the channel in the first channel set; the number of transmissions corresponding to the channel in the first channel set; the time of the first downlink channel Domain position and the time domain position of the second downlink channel; the time domain position of the first uplink channel and the time domain position of the second uplink channel.
可选地,第一信道集合还包括第三下行信道,所述方法还包括:在第五时段内接收第三下行信道,第三下行信道与第三上行信道之间存在对应关系,第三上行信道占用第六时段,第五时段位于第二时段之前且位于第六时段之前,第六时段位于第三时段之后;根据预设规则从第一信道集合中除第一目标信道之外的信道中确定优先处理的第二目标信道。Optionally, the first channel set further includes a third downlink channel, and the method further includes: receiving a third downlink channel in a fifth time period, where there is a correspondence between the third downlink channel and the third uplink channel, and the third uplink channel The channel occupies the sixth time period, the fifth time period is located before the second time period and before the sixth time period, and the sixth time period is located after the third time period; according to preset rules, from the first channel set except the first target channel Determine the second target channel for priority processing.
当存在多个下行信道时,上述方案使得终端设备可以根据自身能力确定是否处理多个信道,而非仅处理时间上后调度的信道,从而能够提高资源效率。When there are multiple downlink channels, the above solution enables the terminal device to determine whether to process multiple channels according to its own capabilities, instead of only processing channels scheduled later in time, thereby improving resource efficiency.
可选地,第一信道集合中除第一目标信道之外的信道为其它信道,所述预设规则包括以下信息中的至少一种:其它信道中信道对应的下行控制信道指示的优先级信息或其它信道中信道指示的优先级信息;其它信道中信道对应的时频资源;其它信道中信道对应的层数;其它信道中信道对应的误块率;其它信道中信道承载的TBS;其它信道中信道承载的UCI的类型;其它信道中信道对应的下行控制信道指示的HARQ进程号;其它信道中信道对应的传输次数;其它信道中信道对应的时域位置。Optionally, channels other than the first target channel in the first channel set are other channels, and the preset rule includes at least one of the following information: priority information indicated by the downlink control channel corresponding to the channels in the other channels Or the priority information indicated by the channel in other channels; the time-frequency resources corresponding to the channels in other channels; the number of layers corresponding to the channels in other channels; the block error rate corresponding to the channels in other channels; the TBS carried by the channels in other channels; other channels The type of UCI carried by the middle channel; the HARQ process number indicated by the downlink control channel corresponding to the channel in other channels; the number of transmissions corresponding to the channel in other channels; the time domain position of the channel in other channels.
可选地,上述预设规则包括:其它信道中信道对应的第一信息的取值之和与第一信息的阈值的差值最小的信道为优先处理的信道;第二目标信道为其它信道中满足预设规则的M个信道,M个信道对应的第一信息的取值之和小于第一信息的阈值,M为正整数,第一信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:时频资源、层数和TBS。Optionally, the foregoing preset rule includes: the channel with the smallest difference between the sum of the values of the first information corresponding to the channels in the other channels and the threshold of the first information is the channel for priority processing; the second target channel is the other channel M channels that meet the preset rule, the sum of the values of the first information corresponding to the M channels is less than the threshold of the first information, M is a positive integer, and the first information includes at least one of the following information: time-frequency resources, Number of layers and TBS.
上述方案使得终端设备能够在不超出自身处理能力的前提下,尽可能多地处理信道,从而提高了资源效率。The above solution enables the terminal device to process as many channels as possible without exceeding its own processing capacity, thereby improving resource efficiency.
可选地,预设规则包括:其它信道中信道对应的第一信息的取值与第一信息的阈值的差值最大或最小的信道为优先处理的信道,第一信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:时频资源、层数和TBS;第二目标信道为其它信道中满足预设规则的M个信道,M个信道对应的参数小于参数的阈值,M为正整数。Optionally, the preset rule includes: the channel with the largest or smallest difference between the value of the first information corresponding to the channel in other channels and the threshold of the first information is the channel for priority processing, and the first information includes at least one of the following information One type: time-frequency resources, number of layers, and TBS; the second target channel is M channels meeting preset rules among other channels, the parameters corresponding to the M channels are less than the parameter threshold, and M is a positive integer.
上述方案具有简单易实施的特点,能够减小终端设备在确定第二目标信息时的负担。The above solution is simple and easy to implement, and can reduce the burden of the terminal device when determining the second target information.
可选地,所述方法还包括:接收第一配置信息或第二配置信息,第一配置信息用于指示终端设备对应的多个网络设备之间的回程为理想回程或者用于指示终端设备对应一个网络设备,第二配置信息用于指示终端设备对应的多个网络设备之间的回程为非理想回程。Optionally, the method further includes: receiving first configuration information or second configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to indicate that the backhaul between multiple network devices corresponding to the terminal device is an ideal backhaul or to indicate that the terminal device corresponds to For a network device, the second configuration information is used to indicate that the backhaul between multiple network devices corresponding to the terminal device is a non-ideal backhaul.
上述方案的优点在于:当多个网络设备之间的回程为理想回程时,或者,当终端设备 对应一个网络设备时,时域位置靠后的信道必然承载或调度了重要数据,应用时域位置靠后的信道的优先级较高规则能够避免重要数据被跳过。当多个网络设备之间的回程为非理想回程时,时域位置靠后的信道并不一定承载或调度了重要数据,终端设备根据其它规则判断优先处理的信道,有利于终端设备确定承载更重要信息的信道,有利于提高通信资源的效率。The advantage of the above solution is that when the backhaul between multiple network devices is an ideal backhaul, or when a terminal device corresponds to a network device, the channel with the later position in the time domain must carry or schedule important data, and the time domain position is used The higher priority rules of the lower channels can prevent important data from being skipped. When the backhaul between multiple network devices is non-ideal, the channel located later in the time domain does not necessarily carry or schedule important data. The terminal device determines the priority channel according to other rules, which is beneficial to the terminal device to determine the load. The channel of important information is conducive to improving the efficiency of communication resources.
可选地,所述方法还包括:发送能力信息,能力信息用于指示终端设备是否支持不按顺序传输。Optionally, the method further includes: sending capability information, where the capability information is used to indicate whether the terminal device supports out-of-sequence transmission.
该方案使得网络设备能够根据终端设备的能力进行调度,避免出现终端设备不支持不按顺序传输却接收到不按顺序调度的信息而导致传输失败的情况。This solution enables the network device to perform scheduling according to the capabilities of the terminal device, avoiding the situation that the terminal device does not support out-of-sequence transmission but receives out-of-sequence scheduling information, which causes transmission failure.
可选地,所述方法还包括:接收第三配置信息,第三配置信息用于配置终端设备是否能够执行不按顺序传输。Optionally, the method further includes: receiving third configuration information, where the third configuration information is used to configure whether the terminal device can perform out-of-sequence transmission.
若终端设备具有执行不按顺序调度的能力,网络设备可以根据实际情况使能或者去使能该能力。例如,终端设备的电量不足,或者,终端设备当前的负载较重,执行不按顺序调度可能会加大终端设备的电量消耗和负载。网络设备可以通过第三配置信息去使能终端设备的不按顺序调度的能力,从而能够有效提高终端设备的续航能力和可靠性。If the terminal device has the ability to perform out-of-sequence scheduling, the network device can enable or disable this ability according to the actual situation. For example, if the power of the terminal device is insufficient, or the current load of the terminal device is heavy, executing out of order scheduling may increase the power consumption and load of the terminal device. The network device can use the third configuration information to enable the non-sequential scheduling capability of the terminal device, thereby effectively improving the endurance and reliability of the terminal device.
可选地,不按顺序传输包括:下行数据信道到HARQ信息的不按顺序传输,和/或,下行控制信道到上行数据信道的不按顺序传输。Optionally, non-sequential transmission includes: non-sequential transmission from the downlink data channel to HARQ information, and/or non-sequential transmission from the downlink control channel to the uplink data channel.
终端设备可以进一步在能力信息中指示其支持的具体能力,以便于网络设备更加精准地进行调度。The terminal device can further indicate the specific capabilities it supports in the capability information, so that the network device can schedule more accurately.
第二方面,本申请还提供了一种通信方法,该方法可以由网络设备或者网络设备中的模块(如芯片)执行。该方法包括:在第一时段内发送第一下行信道,第一下行信道与第一上行信道之间存在对应关系,第一上行信道占用第四时段,第四时段位于第一时段之后;在第二时段内发送第二下行信道,第二下行信道与第二上行信道之间存在对应关系,第二上行信道占用第三时段,第二时段位于第一时段之后且位于第三时段之前,第三时段位于第四时段之前;根据预设规则从第一信道集合中确定第一目标信道,第一信道集合包括第一下行信道和第二下行信道,或者,第一信道集合包括第一上行信道和第二上行信道;接收第一目标信道或者第一目标信道对应的HARQ信息。In the second aspect, this application also provides a communication method, which can be executed by a network device or a module (such as a chip) in the network device. The method includes: sending a first downlink channel in a first time period, there is a corresponding relationship between the first downlink channel and the first uplink channel, the first uplink channel occupies a fourth time period, and the fourth time period is located after the first time period; The second downlink channel is sent in the second time period. There is a correspondence between the second downlink channel and the second uplink channel. The second uplink channel occupies the third time period. The second time period is after the first time period and before the third time period. The third period is before the fourth period; the first target channel is determined from the first channel set according to a preset rule, the first channel set includes the first downlink channel and the second downlink channel, or the first channel set includes the first Uplink channel and second uplink channel; receiving the first target channel or HARQ information corresponding to the first target channel.
应用上述方法的网络设备能够根据实际情况确定不同场景中待接收的信道(即,需要被终端设备优先处理的信道),相比于现有技术中一律接收时间上后调度的信道(或,该信道对应的HARQ信息)的方法,上述方法能够满足紧急数据或者更重要数据的传输需求,从而能够提高重要紧急数据的传输效率。The network device applying the above method can determine the channel to be received in different scenarios (that is, the channel that needs to be processed preferentially by the terminal device) according to the actual situation, compared to the channel that is scheduled after the reception time in the prior art (or, this HARQ information corresponding to the channel). The above method can meet the transmission requirements of emergency data or more important data, thereby improving the transmission efficiency of important emergency data.
可选地,第一信道集合中除第一目标信道之外的信道为其它信道,所述方法还包括:接收其它信道中部分或全部信道对应的HARQ信息,其它信道中部分或全部信道对应的HARQ信息为NACK。Optionally, the channels in the first channel set except the first target channel are other channels, and the method further includes: receiving HARQ information corresponding to some or all channels in other channels, and some or all channels in other channels correspond to HARQ information is NACK.
若终端设备有能力处理多个信道,则网络设备可以接收除第一目标信道之外的信道,无需重传或者重新调度除第一目标信道之外的信道,从而能够提供资源效率。If the terminal device is capable of processing multiple channels, the network device can receive channels other than the first target channel without retransmitting or rescheduling channels other than the first target channel, thereby providing resource efficiency.
可选地,所述预设规则包括以下信息中的至少一种:第一信道集合中信道对应的优先级标识;第一信道集合中信道对应的时频资源;第一信道集合中信道对应的层数;第一信道集合中信道对应的误块率;第一信道集合中信道承载的TBS;第一信道集合中信道承载 的UCI的类型;第一信道集合中信道对应的HARQ进程号;第一信道集合中信道对应的传输次数;第一下行信道的时域位置与第二下行信道的时域位置;第一上行信道的时域位置与第二上行信道的时域位置。Optionally, the preset rule includes at least one of the following information: the priority identifier corresponding to the channel in the first channel set; the time-frequency resource corresponding to the channel in the first channel set; the channel corresponding to the channel in the first channel set The number of layers; the block error rate corresponding to the channel in the first channel set; the TBS carried by the channel in the first channel set; the type of UCI carried by the channel in the first channel set; the HARQ process number corresponding to the channel in the first channel set; The number of transmissions corresponding to the channels in a channel set; the time domain position of the first downlink channel and the time domain position of the second downlink channel; the time domain position of the first uplink channel and the time domain position of the second uplink channel.
可选地,第一信道集合还包括第三下行信道,所述方法还包括:在第五时段内发送第三下行信道,第三下行信道与第三上行信道之间存在对应关系,第三上行信道占用第六时段,第五时段位于第二时段之前且位于第六时段之前,第六时段位于第三时段之后;根据预设规则从第一信道集合中除第一目标信道之外的信道中确定第二目标信道;接收第二目标信道或者第二目标信道对应的HARQ信息。Optionally, the first channel set further includes a third downlink channel, and the method further includes: sending a third downlink channel in a fifth time period, and there is a correspondence between the third downlink channel and the third uplink channel, and the third uplink channel The channel occupies the sixth time period, the fifth time period is located before the second time period and before the sixth time period, and the sixth time period is located after the third time period; according to preset rules, from the first channel set except the first target channel Determine the second target channel; receive the second target channel or HARQ information corresponding to the second target channel.
当存在多个下行信道时,上述方案使得网络设备能够根据终端设备的能力确定是否接收第二目标信道或者第二目标信道对应的HARQ信息,而非仅接收第一目标信道,从而能够提高资源效率。When there are multiple downlink channels, the above solution enables the network device to determine whether to receive the second target channel or the HARQ information corresponding to the second target channel according to the capabilities of the terminal device, instead of only receiving the first target channel, thereby improving resource efficiency .
可选地,第一信道集合中除第一目标信道之外的信道为其它信道,所述预设规则包括以下信息中的至少一种:其它信道中信道对应的优先级标识;其它信道中信道对应的时频资源;其它信道中信道对应的层数;其它信道中信道对应的误块率;其它信道中信道承载的TBS;其它信道中信道承载的UCI的类型;其它信道中信道对应的HARQ进程号;其它信道中信道对应的传输次数;其它信道中信道对应的时域位置。Optionally, the channels in the first channel set other than the first target channel are other channels, and the preset rule includes at least one of the following information: priority identifiers corresponding to channels in other channels; channels in other channels Corresponding time-frequency resources; number of layers corresponding to channels in other channels; block error rate corresponding to channels in other channels; TBS carried by channels in other channels; types of UCI carried by channels in other channels; HARQ corresponding to channels in other channels Process number; the number of transmissions corresponding to the channel in other channels; the time domain position of the channel in other channels.
可选地,所述预设规则包括:其它信道中信道对应的第一信息的取值之和与第一信息的阈值的差值最小的信道为优先处理的信道;第二目标信道为其它信道中满足预设规则的M个信道,M个信道对应的第一信息的取值之和小于第一信息的阈值,M为正整数,第一信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:时频资源、层数和TBS。Optionally, the preset rule includes: the channel with the smallest difference between the sum of the values of the first information corresponding to the channels in the other channels and the threshold of the first information is the channel for priority processing; the second target channel is the other channel The sum of the values of the first information corresponding to the M channels is less than the threshold value of the first information, M is a positive integer, and the first information includes at least one of the following information: time-frequency resources , Number of layers and TBS.
上述方案使得网络设备能够在终端设备不超出自身处理能力的前提下,尽可能多地接收信道,从而提高了资源效率。The above solution enables the network equipment to receive as many channels as possible on the premise that the terminal equipment does not exceed its own processing capacity, thereby improving resource efficiency.
可选地,所述预设规则包括:其它信道中信道对应的第一信息的取值与第一信息的阈值的差值最大或最小的信道为优先处理的信道,第一信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:时频资源、层数和TBS;第二目标信道为其它信道中满足预设规则的M个信道,M个信道对应的参数小于参数的阈值,M为正整数。Optionally, the preset rule includes: the channel with the largest or smallest difference between the value of the first information corresponding to the channel in other channels and the threshold of the first information is the channel for priority processing, and the first information includes the following information At least one of: time-frequency resources, number of layers, and TBS; the second target channel is M channels meeting preset rules among other channels, the parameters corresponding to the M channels are less than the parameter threshold, and M is a positive integer.
上述方案具有简单易实施的特点,能够减小网络设备在确定第二目标信息时的负担。The above-mentioned solution is simple and easy to implement, and can reduce the burden of the network device when determining the second target information.
可选地,所述方法还包括:发送第一配置信息或第二配置信息,第一配置信息用于指示终端设备对应的多个网络设备之间的回程为理想回程或者用于指示终端设备对应一个网络设备,第二配置信息用于指示终端设备对应的多个网络设备之间的回程为非理想回程。Optionally, the method further includes: sending first configuration information or second configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to indicate that the backhaul between multiple network devices corresponding to the terminal device is an ideal backhaul or to indicate that the terminal device corresponds to For a network device, the second configuration information is used to indicate that the backhaul between multiple network devices corresponding to the terminal device is a non-ideal backhaul.
上述方案的优点在于:当多个网络设备之间的回程为理想回程时,或者,当终端设备对应一个网络设备时,时域位置靠后的信道必然承载或调度了重要数据,应用时域位置靠后的信道的优先级较高规则能够避免重要数据被跳过。当多个网络设备之间的回程为非理想回程时,时域位置靠后的信道并不一定承载或调度了重要数据,网络设备根据其它规则判断终端设备优先处理的信道,有利于接收承载更重要信息的信道,有利于提高通信资源的效率。The advantage of the above solution is that when the backhaul between multiple network devices is an ideal backhaul, or when a terminal device corresponds to a network device, the channel with the later position in the time domain must carry or schedule important data, and the time domain position is used The higher priority rules of the lower channels can prevent important data from being skipped. When the backhaul between multiple network devices is not ideal, the channel located later in the time domain does not necessarily carry or schedule important data. The network device determines which channel the terminal device prioritizes according to other rules, which is beneficial for receiving more bearers. The channel of important information is conducive to improving the efficiency of communication resources.
可选地,所述方法还包括:接收能力信息,能力信息用于指示终端设备是否支持不按顺序传输。Optionally, the method further includes: receiving capability information, where the capability information is used to indicate whether the terminal device supports out-of-sequence transmission.
该方案使得网络设备能够根据终端设备的能力进行调度,避免出现终端设备不支持不按顺序传输却接收到不按顺序调度的信息而导致传输失败的情况。This solution enables the network device to perform scheduling according to the capabilities of the terminal device, avoiding the situation that the terminal device does not support out-of-sequence transmission but receives out-of-sequence scheduling information, which causes transmission failure.
可选地,所述方法还包括:发送第三配置信息,第三配置信息用于配置终端设备是否能够执行不按顺序传输。Optionally, the method further includes: sending third configuration information, where the third configuration information is used to configure whether the terminal device can perform out-of-sequence transmission.
若终端设备具有执行不按顺序调度的能力,网络设备可以根据实际情况使能或者去使能该能力。例如,终端设备的电量不足,或者,终端设备当前的负载较重,执行不按顺序调度可能会加大终端设备的电量消耗和负载。网络设备可以通过第三配置信息去使能终端设备的不按顺序调度的能力,从而能够有效提高终端设备的续航能力和可靠性。If the terminal device has the ability to perform out-of-sequence scheduling, the network device can enable or disable this ability according to the actual situation. For example, if the power of the terminal device is insufficient, or the current load of the terminal device is heavy, executing out of order scheduling may increase the power consumption and load of the terminal device. The network device can use the third configuration information to enable the non-sequential scheduling capability of the terminal device, thereby effectively improving the endurance and reliability of the terminal device.
可选地,不按顺序传输包括:下行数据信道到HARQ信息的不按顺序传输,和/或,下行控制信道到上行数据信道的不按顺序传输。Optionally, non-sequential transmission includes: non-sequential transmission from the downlink data channel to HARQ information, and/or non-sequential transmission from the downlink control channel to the uplink data channel.
终端设备可以进一步在能力信息中指示其支持的具体能力,以便于网络设备更加精准地进行调度。The terminal device can further indicate the specific capabilities it supports in the capability information, so that the network device can schedule more accurately.
第三方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,该装置可以实现上述第一方面所涉及的方法所对应的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元或模块。In a third aspect, the present application provides a communication device that can implement the functions corresponding to the method involved in the above-mentioned first aspect. The functions can be implemented by hardware or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
在一种可能的设计中,该装置包括处理器,该处理器被配置为支持该装置执行上述第一方面所涉及的方法。该装置还可以包括存储器,该存储器用于与处理器耦合,其保存有程序和数据。可选地,该装置还包括收发器,该收发器用于支持该装置与网络设备之间的通信。其中,所述收发器可以包括独立的接收器和独立的发射器,或者,所述收发器可以包括集成收发功能的电路。In a possible design, the device includes a processor, and the processor is configured to support the device to execute the method involved in the first aspect. The device may also include a memory for coupling with the processor and storing programs and data. Optionally, the device further includes a transceiver, which is used to support communication between the device and the network device. Wherein, the transceiver may include an independent receiver and an independent transmitter, or the transceiver may include a circuit with integrated transceiver functions.
第四方面,本申请提供了另一种通信装置,该装置可以实现上述第二方面所涉及的方法所对应的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元或模块。In the fourth aspect, the present application provides another communication device, which can implement the functions corresponding to the method involved in the second aspect above. The functions can be implemented by hardware or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
在一种可能的设计中,该装置包括处理器,该处理器被配置为支持该装置执行上述第二方面所涉及的方法。该装置还可以包括存储器,该存储器用于与处理器耦合,其保存有程序和数据。可选地,该装置还包括收发器,该收发器用于支持该装置与终端设备之间的通信。其中,所述收发器可以包括独立的接收器和独立的发射器,或者,所述收发器可以包括集成收发功能的电路。In a possible design, the device includes a processor, and the processor is configured to support the device to execute the method involved in the second aspect. The device may also include a memory for coupling with the processor and storing programs and data. Optionally, the device further includes a transceiver, which is used to support communication between the device and the terminal device. Wherein, the transceiver may include an independent receiver and an independent transmitter, or the transceiver may include a circuit with integrated transceiver functions.
第五方面,本申请提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储了计算机程序,该计算机程序被处理器执行时,使得处理器执行第一方面所述的方法。In a fifth aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium in which a computer program is stored. When the computer program is executed by a processor, the processor executes the method described in the first aspect.
第六方面,本申请提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储了计算机程序,该计算机程序被处理器执行时,使得处理器执行第二方面所述的方法。In a sixth aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium in which a computer program is stored. When the computer program is executed by a processor, the processor executes the method described in the second aspect.
第七方面,本申请提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当该计算机程序代码被处理器运行时,使得处理器执行第一方面所述的方法。In a seventh aspect, the present application provides a computer program product, the computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is executed by a processor, the processor executes the method described in the first aspect.
第八方面,本申请提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当该计算机程序代码被处理器运行时,使得处理器执行第二方面所述的方法。In an eighth aspect, this application provides a computer program product, the computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is executed by a processor, the processor executes the method described in the second aspect.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1是一种适用于本申请的通信系统的示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system suitable for the present application;
图2是另一种适用于本申请的通信系统的示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic diagram of another communication system applicable to the present application;
图3是本申请提供的一种信息传输的方法的示意图;Figure 3 is a schematic diagram of an information transmission method provided by the present application;
图4是本申请提供的一种不按顺序调度的场景的示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an out-of-sequence scheduling scenario provided by this application;
图5是本申请提供的另一种不按顺序调度的场景的示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of another out-of-sequence scheduling scenario provided by this application;
图6是本申请提供的再一种不按顺序调度的场景的示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of yet another scenario of scheduling out of order provided by this application;
图7是本申请提供的再一种不按顺序调度的场景的示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of yet another scenario of scheduling out of order provided by this application;
图8是本申请提供的再一种不按顺序调度的场景的示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of yet another scenario of out-of-sequence scheduling provided by this application;
图9是本申请提供的再一种不按顺序调度的场景的示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of yet another scenario of scheduling out of order provided by this application;
图10是本申请提供的再一种不按顺序调度的场景的示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of yet another scenario for scheduling out of order provided by this application;
图11是本申请提供的再一种不按顺序调度的场景的示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of yet another scenario for scheduling out of order provided by this application;
图12是本申请提供的再一种不按顺序调度的场景的示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of yet another scenario for scheduling out of order provided by this application;
图13是本申请提供的再一种不按顺序调度的场景的示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of yet another scenario for scheduling out of order provided by this application;
图14是本申请提供的一种通信方法的示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by this application;
图15是本申请提供的一种通信装置的示意图;FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by the present application;
图16是本申请提供的一种终端设备的示意图;FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a terminal device provided by this application;
图17是本申请提供的一种网络设备的示意图。Fig. 17 is a schematic diagram of a network device provided by the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below in conjunction with the drawings.
首先介绍本申请的应用场景,图1是一种适用于本申请的通信系统的示意图。First, the application scenario of this application is introduced. Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system suitable for this application.
通信系统100包括网络设备110和终端设备120。终端设备120通过电磁波与网络设备110进行通信,即,终端设备120可以发送数据给网络设备110,网络设备110也可以发送数据给终端设备120。The communication system 100 includes a network device 110 and a terminal device 120. The terminal device 120 communicates with the network device 110 through electromagnetic waves, that is, the terminal device 120 can send data to the network device 110, and the network device 110 can also send data to the terminal device 120.
在本申请中,终端设备120可以包括各种具有无线通信功能的手持设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备,例如,第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)所定义的用户设备(user equipment,UE),移动台(mobile station,MS),软终端,家庭网关,机顶盒等等,应用于上述设备中的芯片也可以称为终端设备。In this application, the terminal device 120 may include various handheld devices with wireless communication functions, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, computing devices, or other processing devices connected to a wireless modem. For example, the third generation partnership program (3rd generation Partnership project, 3GPP) defined user equipment (user equipment, UE), mobile station (mobile station, MS), soft terminal, home gateway, set-top box, etc., the chip applied to the above equipment can also be called terminal equipment.
网络设备110可以是3GPP所定义的基站,例如,5G通信系统中的基站(new generation node B,gNB)。网络设备110也可以是非3GPP(non-3GPP)的接入网设备,例如接入网关(access gateway,AGF)。网络设备还可以是中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及其它类型的设备,应用于上述设备中的芯片也可以称为网络设备。The network device 110 may be a base station defined by 3GPP, for example, a base station (new generation node B, gNB) in a 5G communication system. The network device 110 may also be a non-3GPP (non-3GPP) access network device, such as an access gateway (AGF). The network device may also be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable device, and other types of devices. The chips applied to the above-mentioned devices may also be referred to as network devices.
作为示例而非限定,可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices. It is a general term for using wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes Wait. A wearable device is a portable device that is directly worn on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. In a broad sense, wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that can be achieved without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application function, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones. Use, such as various smart bracelets and smart jewelry for physical sign monitoring.
图2示出了适用于本申请的另一种通信系统。Figure 2 shows another communication system suitable for this application.
在通信系统200中,基站210为网络设备110的一种形态,UE1~UE6为终端设备120的六种不同的形态。其中,UE1为轨道交通系统中的通信设备,UE2为机顶盒,UE3为智能加油设备或者智能充电桩,UE4为智能杯子,UE5为手机,UE6为智能打印机。UE4、UE5和UE6之间可以组成一个局域网,此时,UE5可以作为该局域网中的网络设备,UE4和UE6可以作为该局域网中的终端设备。In the communication system 200, the base station 210 is one form of the network device 110, and UE1 to UE6 are six different forms of the terminal device 120. Among them, UE1 is a communication device in a rail transit system, UE2 is a set-top box, UE3 is a smart refueling device or a smart charging pile, UE4 is a smart cup, UE5 is a mobile phone, and UE6 is a smart printer. UE4, UE5, and UE6 can form a local area network. In this case, UE5 can be used as a network device in the local area network, and UE4 and UE6 can be used as terminal devices in the local area network.
图1和图2所示的通信系统仅是举例说明,适用于本申请的通信系统不限于此。The communication systems shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2 are only examples, and the communication systems applicable to this application are not limited thereto.
在通信系统100中,终端设备120向网络设备110发送数据的过程可以称为上行传输,网络设备110向终端设备120发送数据的过程可以称为下行传输。为了简洁,下文中的终端设备和网络设备不再附带附图标记。In the communication system 100, the process in which the terminal device 120 sends data to the network device 110 may be referred to as uplink transmission, and the process in which the network device 110 sends data to the terminal device 120 may be referred to as downlink transmission. For the sake of brevity, the terminal devices and network devices below are no longer accompanied by reference numerals.
对于上行传输,如果该上行传输是基于动态调度的,那么如图3所示,终端设备会接收到网络设备发送的下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI),该DCI携带指示物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)占用的时域资源、频域资源、调制方式等指示信息。终端设备接收到DCI,就可以确定在哪个时域资源和频域资源上发送PUSCH,进而执行发送PUSCH的准备步骤。准备步骤一般包括:对信息的编码、调制、资源映射和傅里叶变换等。最终,终端设备在DCI指示的时域资源和频域资源上发送准备好的PUSCH。由此可见,在接收物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)之后,终端设备需要一段时间才能够发送PUSCH,这段时间被称为准备时间。For uplink transmission, if the uplink transmission is based on dynamic scheduling, then as shown in Figure 3, the terminal device will receive the downlink control information (DCI) sent by the network device. The DCI carries an indication of the physical uplink shared channel ( physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) occupied time domain resources, frequency domain resources, modulation mode and other indication information. After receiving the DCI, the terminal device can determine which time domain resource and frequency domain resource to send the PUSCH on, and then perform the preparation steps for sending the PUSCH. The preparation steps generally include: coding, modulation, resource mapping and Fourier transform of information. Finally, the terminal device sends the prepared PUSCH on the time domain resources and frequency domain resources indicated by the DCI. It can be seen that after receiving the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), it takes a period of time for the terminal device to be able to transmit the PUSCH, and this period of time is called the preparation time.
需要说明的是,PDCCH通常情况下只用于承载DCI,PDCCH相当于载体,其承载的内容为DCI,因为PDCCH和DCI是一一对应,所以接收PDCCH与接收DCI的描述是等价的。类似地,数据信道(例如,PUSCH)通常用于承载业务数据(例如,eMBB业务和URLLC业务),因此,接收或发送数据信道与接收或发送业务数据的描述也是等价的。It should be noted that the PDCCH is usually only used to carry DCI. The PDCCH is equivalent to a carrier, and the content carried is the DCI. Because the PDCCH and the DCI have a one-to-one correspondence, the description of receiving PDCCH and receiving DCI is equivalent. Similarly, the data channel (for example, PUSCH) is usually used to carry service data (for example, eMBB service and URLLC service), therefore, the description of receiving or sending data channel and receiving or sending service data is also equivalent.
对于下行传输,如果该下行传输是基于动态调度的,那么如图3所示,终端设备会接收到网络设备发送的DCI,该DCI携带指示物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel,PUSCH)占用的时域资源、频域资源、调制方式等指示信息。终端设备接收DCI之后,会对PDSCH进行解码处理,解码处理的过程一般包括:资源解映射、反傅里叶变换、解调和解编码等。最终解编码的结果正确就是接收正确,如果结果错误就是接收失败。由此可见,接收DCI之后,终端设备需要一段时间才能够确定PDSCH是否接收正确,这段时间被称为解码时间。For downlink transmission, if the downlink transmission is based on dynamic scheduling, then as shown in Figure 3, the terminal device will receive the DCI sent by the network device, and the DCI carries indicating the physical downlink shared channel (PUSCH) occupied Indication information such as time domain resources, frequency domain resources, and modulation methods. After receiving the DCI, the terminal device decodes the PDSCH. The decoding process generally includes: resource demapping, inverse Fourier transform, demodulation, and decoding. In the end, if the result of decoding is correct, the reception is correct, and if the result is wrong, the reception fails. It can be seen that after receiving the DCI, it takes a period of time for the terminal device to determine whether the PDSCH is received correctly. This period of time is called the decoding time.
上述DCI还携带指示上行资源的指示信息,该上行资源例如是物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel,PUCCH),该PUCCH用于承载PDSCH对应的混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ)信息。终端设备对PDSCH进行解码处理之后,将解编码的结果通过DCI指示的上行资源反馈给网络设备。其中,如果接收正确,则反馈信息为肯定应答(acknowledgement,ACK);如果接收错误,则反馈信息为否定应答(negative acknowledgement,NACK),ACK和NACK统称为HARQ信息。一般情况下,终端设备都会反馈PDSCH对应的HARQ信息,以便于网络设备在获知终端设备接收错误后可以快速进行重传。The above DCI also carries indication information indicating uplink resources. The uplink resource is, for example, a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), and the PUCCH is used to carry the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) corresponding to the PDSCH. information. After the terminal device decodes the PDSCH, the result of the decoding is fed back to the network device through the uplink resource indicated by the DCI. Among them, if the reception is correct, the feedback information is an acknowledgement (acknowledgement, ACK); if the reception is wrong, the feedback information is a negative acknowledgement (NACK), and ACK and NACK are collectively referred to as HARQ information. Generally, the terminal equipment will feed back the HARQ information corresponding to the PDSCH, so that the network equipment can quickly retransmit after knowing the reception error of the terminal equipment.
为了减小终端设备处理信息的复杂程度,通常情况下,网络设备会按照顺序调度各个 信道,以便于终端设备在处理完一个信道后再处理下一个信道。但是,在一些特殊场景中,存在不按顺序调度的需求。In order to reduce the complexity of information processing by the terminal equipment, in general, the network equipment will schedule each channel in order, so that the terminal equipment processes one channel before processing the next channel. However, in some special scenarios, there is a need for scheduling out of order.
例如,当网络设备需要传输URLLC业务的数据包(简称为“URLLC数据”)时,网络设备希望尽快确定URLLC数据是否接收正确,这时,网络设备会指示终端设备尽快反馈URLLC数据的HARQ信息。For example, when a network device needs to transmit URLLC service data packets (referred to as "URLLC data"), the network device wants to determine whether the URLLC data is received correctly as soon as possible. At this time, the network device instructs the terminal device to feed back the HARQ information of the URLLC data as soon as possible.
如图4所示,PDSCH-1承载eMBB业务的数据包(简称为“eMBB数据”),PDSCH-2承载URLLC数据。为了尽快确定PDSCH-2承载URLLC数据是否接收正确,网络设备调度终端设备在反馈eMBB数据的HARQ信息(即,HARQ-1)之前反馈URLLC数据的HARQ信息(即,HARQ-2),此时,终端设备需要中断PDSCH-1的解码过程,先进行PDSCH-2的解码过程。As shown in FIG. 4, PDSCH-1 carries eMBB service data packets (referred to as "eMBB data" for short), and PDSCH-2 carries URLLC data. In order to determine as soon as possible whether the URLLC data carried by PDSCH-2 is received correctly, the network device schedules the terminal device to feed back the HARQ information (ie, HARQ-2) of the URLLC data before feeding back the HARQ information of the eMBB data (ie, HARQ-1). At this time, The terminal equipment needs to interrupt the decoding process of PDSCH-1 and perform the decoding process of PDSCH-2 first.
此外,还存在另外一种不按顺序调度的场景。In addition, there is another scenario where scheduling is out of order.
如图5所示,PDCCH-1调度PUSCH-1,PDCCH-2调度PUSCH-2,其中,PUSCH-1承载eMBB数据,PUSCH-2承载URLLC数据。为了尽快接收终端设备传输的URLLC数据,网络设备调度终端设备在发送PUSCH-1之前发送PUSCH-2。终端设备需要中断PUSCH-1的准备过程,先进行PUSCH-2的准备过程。As shown in Figure 5, PDCCH-1 schedules PUSCH-1 and PDCCH-2 schedules PUSCH-2, where PUSCH-1 carries eMBB data, and PUSCH-2 carries URLLC data. In order to receive the URLLC data transmitted by the terminal device as soon as possible, the network device schedules the terminal device to send PUSCH-2 before sending PUSCH-1. The terminal device needs to interrupt the preparation process of PUSCH-1 and perform the preparation process of PUSCH-2 first.
图4所示的情况可以称为下行数据信道到HARQ信息的不按顺序调度(或“不按顺序传输”),图5所示的情况可以称为下行控制信道到上行数据信道的不按顺序调度(或“不按顺序传输”)。The situation shown in Figure 4 can be called out-of-sequence scheduling (or "out-of-sequence transmission") from downlink data channel to HARQ information, and the situation shown in Figure 5 can be called out-of-sequence scheduling from downlink control channel to uplink data channel Scheduling (or "out-of-sequence transmission").
需要说明的是,图4和图5所示的场景仅是不按顺序调度的两个示例,适用于本申请的不按顺序调度的场景不限于此。例如,适用于本申请的不按顺序调度的场景还可以是:网络设备不按顺序调度至少两个承载eMBB数据的PDSCH,或者,网络设备不按顺序调度至少两个承载eMBB数据的PDSCH和至少一个承载URLLC数据的PDSCH。It should be noted that the scenarios shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 are only two examples of non-sequential scheduling, and the non-sequential scheduling applicable to the present application is not limited to this. For example, the non-sequential scheduling applicable to this application may also be: the network device schedules at least two PDSCHs carrying eMBB data out of sequence, or the network device schedules at least two PDSCHs carrying eMBB data out of sequence and at least A PDSCH carrying URLLC data.
上文所示的例子均为理想回程场景中的不按顺序调度。图6示出了非理想回程场景中的一种不按顺序调度。The examples shown above are all non-sequential scheduling in ideal backhaul scenarios. Figure 6 shows a non-sequential scheduling in a non-ideal backhaul scenario.
终端设备分别与多发射接收节点(transmit/receive point,TRP)1和TRP2进行通信。TRP1和TRP2可以是分别属于两个基站的收发装置,TRP1和TRP2也可以是属于一个基站的收发装置,TRP1和TRP2通过光纤或者其它传输介质连接。The terminal device communicates with the multi-transmit/receive point (TRP) 1 and TRP2 respectively. TRP1 and TRP2 may be transceivers belonging to two base stations respectively, TRP1 and TRP2 may also be transceivers belonging to one base station, TRP1 and TRP2 are connected by optical fiber or other transmission media.
若TRP1和TRP2之间存在较大的通信时延,可以认为两个TRP不能做到实时交互信息,则TRP1和TRP2处于非理想回程场景。在该情况下,即使TRP1和TRP2属于一个网络设备,由于两个TRP之间不清楚对方的调度情况,所以也会出现不按顺序调度的情况。此时,TRP1和TRP2可以视为两个网络设备。若TRP1和TRP2之间存在较小的通信时延,可以认为两个TRP可以做到实时交互信息,则TRP1和TRP2处于理想回程场景。在该情况下,即使TRP1和TRP2分别属于不同的网络设备,TRP1和TRP2可以被视为一个网络设备。但由于URLLC的低时延需求,也可能出现不按顺序调度的情况。If there is a large communication delay between TRP1 and TRP2, it can be considered that the two TRPs cannot exchange information in real time, and TRP1 and TRP2 are in a non-ideal backhaul scenario. In this case, even if TRP1 and TRP2 belong to the same network device, because the two TRPs are not clear about each other's scheduling situation, there will be cases of out of order scheduling. At this time, TRP1 and TRP2 can be regarded as two network devices. If there is a small communication delay between TRP1 and TRP2, it can be considered that the two TRPs can exchange information in real time, and TRP1 and TRP2 are in an ideal backhaul scenario. In this case, even if TRP1 and TRP2 belong to different network devices, TRP1 and TRP2 can be regarded as one network device. However, due to the low latency requirements of URLLC, there may also be cases of out-of-sequence scheduling.
若TRP1和TRP2之间的连接为非理想回程连接,则TPR2在时隙1内调度eMBB数据1时,不能及时获取TPR1在时隙0中已调度了eMBB数据2的信息,因此,TPR2可能会调度终端设备在时隙3内上传eMBB数据2的HARQ信息。实际上,TPR1已经调度了终端设备在时隙4内上传eMBB数据1的HARQ信息,从而导致了终端设备发生不按顺序调度的情况。If the connection between TRP1 and TRP2 is a non-ideal backhaul connection, when TPR2 schedules eMBB data 1 in time slot 1, it cannot obtain the information that TPR1 has scheduled eMBB data 2 in time slot 0. Therefore, TPR2 may The terminal equipment is scheduled to upload the HARQ information of the eMBB data 2 in the time slot 3. In fact, TPR1 has scheduled the terminal equipment to upload the HARQ information of the eMBB data 1 in the time slot 4, which has caused the terminal equipment to be scheduled out of order.
类似地,在TRP1和TRP2之间的连接为非理想回程连接的情况下,TPR2可能会调度终端设备在时隙3内上传eMBB数据的HARQ信息。实际上,TPR1已经调度了终端设备在时隙4内上传URLLC数据的HARQ信息,如图7所示,这也导致了不按顺序调度的情况。Similarly, when the connection between TRP1 and TRP2 is a non-ideal backhaul connection, TPR2 may schedule the terminal device to upload the HARQ information of the eMBB data in the time slot 3. In fact, TPR1 has already scheduled the terminal equipment to upload HARQ information of URLLC data in time slot 4, as shown in Figure 7, which also leads to out-of-sequence scheduling.
上文所示的例子均为包含两个下行数据信道的不按顺序调度。图8示出了一种包含三个下行数据信道的不按顺序调度。The examples shown above are all non-sequential scheduling including two downlink data channels. Figure 8 shows a non-sequential scheduling that includes three downlink data channels.
在TRP1和TRP2之间的连接为理想回程连接的情况下,或者,在终端设备与一个TRP通信的情况下,调度eMBB数据的TRP已经调度了终端设备在时隙4的后半部分上传eMBB数据的HARQ信息,则调度URLLC数据的TRP会调度终端设备在时隙4的前半部分上传URLLC数据的HARQ信息,从而导致了不按顺序调度的情况。In the case that the connection between TRP1 and TRP2 is an ideal backhaul connection, or in the case of a terminal device communicating with a TRP, the TRP that schedules eMBB data has already scheduled the terminal device to upload eMBB data in the second half of time slot 4. The TRP that schedules the URLLC data will schedule the terminal device to upload the HARQ information of the URLLC data in the first half of time slot 4, which results in out-of-sequence scheduling.
在TRP1和TRP2之间的连接为非理想回程连接的情况下,TPR1可能会调度终端设备在时隙4的前半部分上传eMBB数据1和eMBB数据2的HARQ信息。实际上,TPR2已经调度了终端设备在时隙4的后半部分上传URLLC数据的HARQ信息,如图9所示,这也导致了不按顺序调度的情况。In the case where the connection between TRP1 and TRP2 is a non-ideal backhaul connection, TPR1 may schedule the terminal device to upload the HARQ information of eMBB data 1 and eMBB data 2 in the first half of time slot 4. In fact, TPR2 has already scheduled the terminal equipment to upload HARQ information of URLLC data in the second half of time slot 4, as shown in Fig. 9, which also results in out of order scheduling.
图8和图9示出了包含一个承载URLLC数据的PDSCH的不按顺序调度,适用于本申请的不按顺序调度还可以包含多个承载URLLC数据的PDSCH。此外,图5至图9均为PDSCH到HARQ信息(PDSCH to HARQ)的不按顺序调度,下面再结合图10至图13介绍PDCCH到PUSCH(PDCCH to PUSCH)的不按顺序调度。Figures 8 and 9 show the out-of-sequence scheduling that includes one PDSCH that carries URLLC data. The out-of-sequence scheduling applicable to this application may also include multiple PDSCHs that carry URLLC data. In addition, FIGS. 5 to 9 are all non-sequential scheduling of PDSCH to HARQ information (PDSCH to HARQ). The following describes the non-sequential scheduling of PDCCH to PUSCH (PDCCH to PUSCH) in conjunction with FIGS. 10 to 13.
如图10所示,TRP1和TRP2之间的连接为非理想回程连接,TPR2在时隙1内调度承载eMBB数据2时,不能及时获取TPR1在时隙0中已调度了eMBB数据1的信息,因此,TPR2可能会调度终端设备在时隙3内发送承载eMBB数据2的PUSCH。实际上,TPR1已经调度了终端设备在时隙4内发送eMBB数据1的PUSCH,从而导致了不按顺序调度的情况。As shown in Figure 10, the connection between TRP1 and TRP2 is a non-ideal backhaul connection. When TPR2 is scheduled to carry eMBB data 2 in time slot 1, it cannot obtain information that TPR1 has scheduled eMBB data 1 in time slot 0 in time. Therefore, TPR2 may schedule the terminal device to transmit the PUSCH carrying eMBB data 2 in time slot 3. In fact, TPR1 has already scheduled the terminal device to send the PUSCH of eMBB data 1 in time slot 4, resulting in out-of-sequence scheduling.
类似地,在TRP1和TRP2之间的连接为非理想回程连接的情况下,TPR2可能会调度终端设备在时隙3内发送承载eMBB数据的PUSCH。实际上,TPR1已经调度了终端设备在时隙4内发送承载URLLC数据的PUSCH,如图11所示,这也导致了不按顺序调度的情况。Similarly, in the case where the connection between TRP1 and TRP2 is a non-ideal backhaul connection, TPR2 may schedule the terminal device to send the PUSCH carrying eMBB data in time slot 3. In fact, TPR1 has already scheduled the terminal device to send the PUSCH carrying URLLC data in time slot 4, as shown in Figure 11, which also leads to out-of-sequence scheduling.
图12示出了一种包含三个下行数据信道的不按顺序调度。在TRP1和TRP2之间的连接为理想回程连接的情况下,或者,在终端设备与一个TRP通信的情况下,调度eMBB数据的TRP已经调度了终端设备在时隙4的后半部分上传eMBB数据的HARQ信息,则调度URLLC数据的TRP会调度终端设备在时隙4的前半部分上传URLLC数据的HARQ信息,从而导致了不按顺序调度的情况。Figure 12 shows a non-sequential scheduling that includes three downlink data channels. In the case that the connection between TRP1 and TRP2 is an ideal backhaul connection, or in the case of a terminal device communicating with a TRP, the TRP that schedules eMBB data has already scheduled the terminal device to upload eMBB data in the second half of time slot 4. The TRP that schedules the URLLC data will schedule the terminal device to upload the HARQ information of the URLLC data in the first half of time slot 4, which results in out-of-sequence scheduling.
在TRP1和TRP2之间的连接为非理想回程连接的情况下,TPR1可能会调度终端设备在时隙4的前半部分上传eMBB数据1和eMBB数据2的HARQ信息。实际上,TPR2已经调度了终端设备在时隙4的后半部分上传URLLC数据的HARQ信息,如图13所示,这也导致了不按顺序调度的情况。In the case where the connection between TRP1 and TRP2 is a non-ideal backhaul connection, TPR1 may schedule the terminal device to upload the HARQ information of eMBB data 1 and eMBB data 2 in the first half of time slot 4. In fact, TPR2 has already scheduled the terminal equipment to upload the HARQ information of the URLLC data in the second half of time slot 4, as shown in Fig. 13, which also leads to out-of-sequence scheduling.
图6至图13中的虚线箭头表示对应关系,实线箭头表示信息传输方向。The dotted arrows in FIGS. 6 to 13 indicate the correspondence, and the solid arrows indicate the direction of information transmission.
由上可知,不按顺序调度的情况复杂多样,后调度的数据并不一定是重要数据,为此,本申请提供了一种通信方法,能够应用于不按顺序调度的场景。It can be seen from the above that the situations of out-of-sequence scheduling are complex and diverse, and the later-scheduled data is not necessarily important data. For this reason, the present application provides a communication method that can be applied to scenarios that are not scheduled in order.
如图14所示,该方法100包括:As shown in FIG. 14, the method 100 includes:
S110,终端设备在第一时段内接收第一下行信道,第一下行信道与第一上行信道之间存在对应关系,第一上行信道占用第四时段,第四时段位于所述第一时段之后。S110. The terminal device receives the first downlink channel in the first time period, there is a corresponding relationship between the first downlink channel and the first uplink channel, the first uplink channel occupies a fourth time period, and the fourth time period is located in the first time period after that.
S120,终端设备在第二时段内接收第二下行信道,第二下行信道与第二上行信道之间存在对应关系,第二上行信道占用第三时段,第二时段位于第一时段之后且位于第三时段之前,第三时段位于第四时段之前。S120. The terminal device receives the second downlink channel in the second time period. There is a corresponding relationship between the second downlink channel and the second uplink channel. The second uplink channel occupies the third time period. The second time period is located after the first time period and is located in the first time period. Before the third period, the third period is before the fourth period.
可选地,本申请中下行信道与上行信道之间存在对应关系可以理解为:下行信道为PDSCH,上行信道为承载该PDSCH的HARQ信息的上行信道。其中上行信道为PUCCH或PUSCH。Optionally, the corresponding relationship between the downlink channel and the uplink channel in this application can be understood as: the downlink channel is the PDSCH, and the uplink channel is the uplink channel that carries the HARQ information of the PDSCH. The uplink channel is PUCCH or PUSCH.
可选的,本申请中下行信道与上行信道之间存在对应关系可以理解为:下行信道为PDCCH,上行信道为该PDCCH指示的上行信道。其中上行信道为PUCCH或PUSCH。该PDCCH承载的信息指示了该上行信道的资源信息等Optionally, the corresponding relationship between the downlink channel and the uplink channel in this application can be understood as: the downlink channel is the PDCCH, and the uplink channel is the uplink channel indicated by the PDCCH. The uplink channel is PUCCH or PUSCH. The information carried by the PDCCH indicates the resource information of the uplink channel, etc.
第一时段可以是一个时隙(slot),也可以是一个半个时隙或者一个或多个符号。类似地,第二时段、第三时段和第四时段也可以是任意长度的时间,本申请这些时段的长度不作限定。The first time period can be a slot, a half slot or one or more symbols. Similarly, the second time period, the third time period, and the fourth time period can also be any length of time, and the length of these time periods is not limited in this application.
第一时段位于第二时段之前,可以被解释为以下一种或多种情况的组合:第一时段的起始时域位置位于第二时段的起始时域位置之前,第一时段的终止时域位置位于第二时段的终止时域位置之前,第一时段的终止时域位置位于第二时段的起始时域位置之前。其中,时域位置可以是符号,半时隙,或者时隙。以第一时段位于第二时段均为时隙为例,第一时段的起始时域符号位于第二时段的起始时域符号之前,即,第一时段位于第二时段之前,第二时段与第一时段可以存在重叠的时域符号,也可以不存在重叠的时域符号。本段的解释适用于本申请中其它关于时域位置先后顺序的描述。The first time period is before the second time period, which can be interpreted as one or a combination of the following situations: the start time domain position of the first time period is before the start time domain position of the second time period, and the end time of the first time period The domain position is before the end time domain position of the second period, and the end time domain position of the first period is before the start time domain position of the second period. Among them, the time domain position can be a symbol, a half slot, or a slot. Taking the first time period in the second time period as a time slot as an example, the start time domain symbol of the first time period is before the start time domain symbol of the second time period, that is, the first time period is before the second time period, and the second time period There may or may not be overlapping time domain symbols with the first time period. The explanation in this paragraph is applicable to other descriptions of the sequence of time domain positions in this application.
终端设备先收到第一下行信道,后收到第二下行信道,由于第一下行信道对应的第一上行信道的时域位置(第四时段)位于第二下行信道对应的第二上行信道的时域位置(第三时段)之后,因此,终端设备确定当前场景属于不按顺序调度场景。The terminal device receives the first downlink channel first, and then the second downlink channel. Because the time domain position (fourth time period) of the first uplink channel corresponding to the first downlink channel is located in the second uplink corresponding to the second downlink channel After the time domain position (third time period) of the channel, therefore, the terminal device determines that the current scene belongs to an out-of-sequence scheduling scene.
作为一个可选的示例,第一下行信道和第二下行信道可以是下行数据信道,例如,该两个下行信道均为PDSCH。相应地,第一上行信道和第二上行信道为传输HARQ信息的信道,例如,该两个上行信道均为PUCCH。As an optional example, the first downlink channel and the second downlink channel may be downlink data channels, for example, the two downlink channels are both PDSCH. Correspondingly, the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are channels for transmitting HARQ information, for example, the two uplink channels are both PUCCH.
作为另一个可选的示例,第一下行信道和第二下行信道可以是下行控制信道,例如,该两个下行信道均为PDCCH。相应地,第一上行信道和第二上行信道为传输上行业务数据的信道,例如,该两个上行信道均为PUSCH。As another optional example, the first downlink channel and the second downlink channel may be downlink control channels, for example, the two downlink channels are both PDCCHs. Correspondingly, the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are channels for transmitting uplink service data, for example, the two uplink channels are both PUSCH.
适用于本申请的信道不限于上述两个示例,例如,当第一上行信道和第二上行信道为传输HARQ信息的信道时,第一上行信道和第二上行信道还可以是PUSCH;第一上行信道和第二上行信道还可以是一个PUSCH和一个PUCCH。The channels applicable to this application are not limited to the above two examples. For example, when the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel are channels for transmitting HARQ information, the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel may also be PUSCH; The channel and the second uplink channel may also be one PUSCH and one PUCCH.
终端设备接收第一下行信道和第二下行信道之后,即可执行下述步骤。After receiving the first downlink channel and the second downlink channel, the terminal device can perform the following steps.
S130,终端设备根据预设规则从第一信道集合中确定优先处理的第一目标信道,第一信道集合包括第一下行信道和第二下行信道,或者,第一信道集合包括第一上行信道和第二上行信道。S130. The terminal device determines a first target channel to be processed preferentially from a first channel set according to a preset rule, the first channel set includes the first downlink channel and the second downlink channel, or the first channel set includes the first uplink channel And the second uplink channel.
相应地,网络设备可以执行S131,S131包括:Correspondingly, the network device can perform S131, and S131 includes:
网络设备根据预设规则从第一信道集合中确定第一目标信道,第一信道集合包括第一下行信道和所述第二下行信道,或者,第一信道集合包括第一上行信道和第二上行信道。The network device determines the first target channel from the first channel set according to preset rules, the first channel set includes the first downlink channel and the second downlink channel, or the first channel set includes the first uplink channel and the second channel. Uplink channel.
当第一下行信道和第二下行信道为PDSCH时,终端设备从第一下行信道和第二下行信道中确定第一目标信道,即,优先处理的信道。此处的优先处理可以被解释为:优先解码第一目标信道。若第一目标信道为第一下行信道,则解码第一下行信道,可以缓存第二下行信道或跳过解码第二下行信道或跳过解码第二下行信道中的部分信息;若第一目标信道为第二下行信道,则解码第二下行信道,可以缓存第一下行信道或跳过解码第一下行信道或跳过解码第一下行信道中的部分信息。When the first downlink channel and the second downlink channel are PDSCHs, the terminal device determines the first target channel from the first downlink channel and the second downlink channel, that is, the channel to be processed with priority. The priority processing here can be interpreted as: the first target channel is decoded first. If the first target channel is the first downlink channel, the first downlink channel is decoded, and the second downlink channel can be buffered or the second downlink channel can be buffered or the second downlink channel can be skipped and decoded. If the target channel is the second downlink channel, the second downlink channel is decoded, and the first downlink channel can be buffered or the first downlink channel can be skipped or partial information in the first downlink channel can be skipped.
以图6为例,TRP1调度的PDSCH为第一下行信道,TRP2调度的PDSCH为第二下行信道,位于时隙3内的HARQ信息承载于第二上行信道,位于时隙4内的HARQ信息承载于第一上行信道。若TRP1调度的PDSCH占用的资源较大,为了避免跳过该PDSCH导致通信系统传输资源的效率降低,终端设备可以确定TRP1调度的PDSCH为第一目标信道(即,预设规则为占用资源较大的信道优先被处理),缓存第二下行信道或者跳过解码第二下行信道或者跳过解码第二下行信道的部分信息。一种可能的实现方法,终端设备在时隙3内向TRP2发送HARQ,所述HARQ包括第二下行信道的传输块对应的NACK,之后,终端设备等待TRP2对第二下行信道进行重传。另一种可能的实现方法,终端设备在时隙3内向TRP2发送HARQ,所述HARQ包括第二下行信道的部分码块组对应的NACK之后,终端设备等待TRP2对第二下行信道的部分码块组进行重传。Taking Figure 6 as an example, the PDSCH scheduled by TRP1 is the first downlink channel, the PDSCH scheduled by TRP2 is the second downlink channel, the HARQ information in time slot 3 is carried on the second uplink channel, and the HARQ information in time slot 4 Bearer on the first uplink channel. If the PDSCH scheduled by TRP1 occupies a large amount of resources, in order to avoid skipping the PDSCH resulting in a decrease in the efficiency of transmission resources of the communication system, the terminal device can determine that the PDSCH scheduled by TRP1 is the first target channel (that is, the preset rule is that the occupied resources are large The channel is processed first), the second downlink channel is buffered or the second downlink channel is skipped or partial information of the second downlink channel is skipped. In a possible implementation method, the terminal device sends HARQ to TRP2 in time slot 3, where the HARQ includes the NACK corresponding to the transport block of the second downlink channel, and then the terminal device waits for TRP2 to retransmit the second downlink channel. In another possible implementation method, the terminal device sends HARQ to TRP2 in time slot 3. After the HARQ includes the NACK corresponding to the partial code block group of the second downlink channel, the terminal device waits for TRP2 to respond to the partial code block of the second downlink channel. The group retransmits.
当第一下行信道和第二下行信道为PDCCH时,终端设备从第一上行信道和第二上行信道中确定第一目标信道。若第一目标信道为第一上行信道,则执行发送第一上行信道的准备过程,可以不执行发送第二上行信道的准备过程,或者,稍后执行发送第二上行信道的准备过程;若第一目标信道为第二上行信道,则执行发送第二上行信道的准备过程,可以不执行发送第一上行信道的准备过程,或者,稍后执行发送第一上行信道的准备过程。When the first downlink channel and the second downlink channel are PDCCHs, the terminal equipment determines the first target channel from the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel. If the first target channel is the first uplink channel, the preparation process for sending the first uplink channel is executed, and the preparation process for sending the second uplink channel may not be executed, or the preparation process for sending the second uplink channel is executed later; If the target channel is the second uplink channel, the preparation process for sending the second uplink channel is executed, and the preparation process for sending the first uplink channel may not be executed, or the preparation process for sending the first uplink channel is executed later.
以包括单TRP的图12为例,该TRP在时隙1内发送的DCI相当于第一下行信道,第一下行信道对应的优先级标识为0,该TRP在时隙2内发送的DCI相当于第二下行信道,第二下行信道对应的优先级标识为3,时隙4中,URLLC数据对应的PUSCH为第二上行信道,eMBB数据2对应的PDSCH为第一上行信道(即,预设规则为承载优先级标识小的信道优先被处理,这里优先级标识越小代表越紧急或重要)。由于时隙2中的DCI调度的数据为URLLC数据,因此,终端设备确定URLLC数据对应的PUSCH为第一目标信道,执行发送URLLC数据的准备过程。待URLLC数据发送完成后,终端设备可以执行发送eMBB数据2的准备过程,或者,终端设备请求或等待网络设备重新分配用于传输eMBB数据2的传输资源。Taking Figure 12 including a single TRP as an example, the DCI sent by the TRP in time slot 1 is equivalent to the first downlink channel, and the priority identifier corresponding to the first downlink channel is 0. The TRP sent in time slot 2 DCI is equivalent to the second downlink channel, the priority identifier corresponding to the second downlink channel is 3, in time slot 4, the PUSCH corresponding to URLLC data is the second uplink channel, and the PDSCH corresponding to eMBB data 2 is the first uplink channel (ie, The preset rule is that channels with a smaller bearer priority identifier are processed first, where the smaller the priority identifier, the more urgent or important it is. Since the data scheduled by the DCI in time slot 2 is URLLC data, the terminal device determines that the PUSCH corresponding to the URLLC data is the first target channel, and executes the preparation process for sending the URLLC data. After the URLLC data transmission is completed, the terminal device may perform a preparation process for sending the eMBB data 2, or the terminal device may request or wait for the network device to reallocate transmission resources for transmitting the eMBB data 2.
终端设备确定第一目标信道之后,可以执行下列步骤。After the terminal device determines the first target channel, the following steps can be performed.
S140,发送第一目标信道或者第一目标信道对应的HARQ信息。S140. Send the first target channel or HARQ information corresponding to the first target channel.
相应地,网络设备接收第一目标信道或者第一目标信道对应的HARQ信息。Correspondingly, the network device receives the first target channel or the HARQ information corresponding to the first target channel.
由上可知,应用方法100的终端设备能够根据实际情况确定不同场景中需要被优先处理的信道,相比于现有技术中一律处理时间上后调度的信道的方法,方法100能够满足紧急数据或者更重要数据的传输需求,从而能够提高重要紧急数据的传输效率。It can be seen from the above that the terminal device applying the method 100 can determine the channels that need to be processed preferentially in different scenarios according to the actual situation. Compared with the method in the prior art that all processes the channels scheduled after the time, the method 100 can meet the needs of urgent data or The transmission requirements of more important data can improve the transmission efficiency of important emergency data.
可选地,方法100中的预设规则包括以下信息中的至少一种:Optionally, the preset rule in the method 100 includes at least one of the following information:
A1,第一信道集合中信道对应的下行控制信道指示的优先级信息或第一信道集合中信道指示的优先级信息;A1, priority information indicated by the downlink control channel corresponding to the channel in the first channel set or priority information indicated by the channel in the first channel set;
A2,第一信道集合中信道对应的时频资源;A2, the time-frequency resource corresponding to the channel in the first channel set;
A3,第一信道集合中信道对应的层数;A3, the number of layers corresponding to the channels in the first channel set;
A4,第一信道集合中信道对应的误块率;A4, the block error rate corresponding to the channel in the first channel set;
A5,第一信道集合中信道承载的传输块大小(transport control size,TBS);A5, the transport control size (TBS) carried by the channels in the first channel set;
A6,第一信道集合中信道承载的上行控制信息(uplink control information,UCI)的类型;A6, the type of uplink control information (UCI) carried by the channels in the first channel set;
A7,所述第一信道集合中信道对应的下行控制信道指示的HARQ进程号;A7, the HARQ process number indicated by the downlink control channel corresponding to the channel in the first channel set;
A8,所述第一信道集合中信道对应的传输次数;A8, the number of transmissions corresponding to channels in the first channel set;
A9,所述第一下行信道的时域位置与所述第二下行信道的时域位置;A9, the time domain position of the first downlink channel and the time domain position of the second downlink channel;
A10,所述第一上行信道的时域位置与所述第二上行信道的时域位置。A10, the time domain position of the first uplink channel and the time domain position of the second uplink channel.
上述十种信息中,每个信息对应一条预设规则,下面,将详细介绍这些预设规则。需要说明的是,下文已尽量列举出不同场景中的规则,通过前文描述可以发现本申请可以应用在两种不按顺序调度的两种场景下,下文示例中以PDSCH进行描述的,也可以适用于PUSCH的不按顺序调度时的处理方式,只需要把PDSCH替换成PUSCH,即PUSCH的不按顺序调度属于本申请的保护范围。Among the above ten types of information, each information corresponds to a preset rule, which will be described in detail below. It should be noted that the following rules have been listed as far as possible in different scenarios. From the foregoing description, it can be found that this application can be applied to two scenarios that are not scheduled in order. In the following example, the PDSCH description is also applicable. For the processing method when the PUSCH is scheduled out of order, it is only necessary to replace the PDSCH with the PUSCH, that is, the out-of-sequence scheduling of the PUSCH belongs to the protection scope of this application.
A1。A1.
作为一种可选的实施方式,网络设备可以通过PDCCH指示信道的优先级。可选的,PDCCH中DCI的优先级比特域指示的标识用于信道的优先级,此比特指示域可以为1bit,2bit,或3bit,其中一种比特状态值对应一个优先级的标识。不同的优先级对应不同的优先级标识,例如,网络设备预先为终端设备配置了2到8个优先级。其中,如果配置了8个优先级,那么该8个优先级对应的优先级标识可以为0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7。终端设备根据PDCCH指示信道的优先级,确定信道的优先级。As an optional implementation manner, the network device may indicate the priority of the channel through the PDCCH. Optionally, the ID indicated by the priority bit field of the DCI in the PDCCH is used for the priority of the channel, and this bit indication field can be 1 bit, 2 bits, or 3 bits, and one of the bit status values corresponds to a priority ID. Different priorities correspond to different priority identifiers. For example, the network device is configured with 2 to 8 priorities for the terminal device in advance. Among them, if 8 priorities are configured, the priority identifiers corresponding to the 8 priorities can be 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7. The terminal equipment determines the priority of the channel according to the priority of the channel indicated by the PDCCH.
优先级标识对应的优先级高低可以预先设置。一种可选的预设规则是:优先级标识越小,优先级越高。另一种可选的预设规则是:优先级标识越大,优先级越高。The priority level corresponding to the priority identifier can be preset. An optional preset rule is: the smaller the priority identifier, the higher the priority. Another optional preset rule is: the larger the priority identifier, the higher the priority.
以图8为例,时隙0中的PDSCH对应的优先级标识为5,时隙1中的PDSCH对应的优先级标识为6,时隙2中的PDSCH对应的优先级标识为0。若优先级标识越小,优先级越高,则终端设备优先处理时隙2中的PDSCH。终端设备还可以选择在时隙2中的PDSCH处理完成后,再处理时隙0中的PDSCH。若终端设备的处理能力还有剩余,还可以随后处理时隙1中的PDSCH。终端设备也可以在处理时隙2中的PDSCH之后,由于处理能力不足跳过处理时隙1中的PDSCH和/或时隙0中的PDSCH,并通过HARQ信息进行反馈之后,等待网络设备重传该PDSCH。终端设备也可以在处理时隙2中的PDSCH之后,由于处理能力不足跳过处理时隙1中的PDSCH的部分码块组和/或时隙0中的PDSCH的部分码块组,并通过HARQ信息进行反馈之后,等待网络设备重传该PDSCH的部分码块组。Taking FIG. 8 as an example, the priority identifier corresponding to PDSCH in time slot 0 is 5, the priority identifier corresponding to PDSCH in time slot 1 is 6, and the priority identifier corresponding to PDSCH in time slot 2 is 0. If the priority identifier is smaller and the priority is higher, the terminal device will preferentially process the PDSCH in time slot 2. The terminal device can also choose to process the PDSCH in the time slot 0 after the PDSCH in the time slot 2 is processed. If the processing capacity of the terminal equipment is left, it can also process the PDSCH in time slot 1 later. After processing the PDSCH in time slot 2, the terminal device can also skip processing the PDSCH in time slot 1 and/or the PDSCH in time slot 0 due to insufficient processing capacity, and after feedback through HARQ information, wait for the network device to retransmit The PDSCH. After processing the PDSCH in time slot 2, the terminal device may also skip processing part of the code block group of PDSCH in time slot 1 and/or part of the code block group of PDSCH in time slot 0 due to insufficient processing capacity, and pass HARQ After the information is fed back, it waits for the network device to retransmit the partial code block group of the PDSCH.
因此,根据优先级标识确定优先处理的信道能够避免重要的信道被跳过。此外,在终端设备的处理能力有剩余的情况下,可以最大限度避免网络设备再次消耗系统资源重传非重要数据,从而提高了通信系统传输资源的效率。Therefore, determining the priority channel based on the priority identifier can prevent important channels from being skipped. In addition, when the processing capacity of the terminal device is surplus, it is possible to avoid the network device from consuming system resources again to retransmit non-important data, thereby improving the efficiency of the communication system transmission resources.
上述优先级标识可以是传输配置指示(transmission configuration indicator,TCI)和/ 或控制资源集(control resource set,CORESET)标识,和/或优先级比特域指示的标识。The foregoing priority identifier may be a transmission configuration indicator (TCI) and/or a control resource set (CORESET) identifier, and/or a priority bit field indicator.
一个TCI包含一个准共址(quasi co-location,QCL)关系,这个关系是一个或两个下行参考信号与PDSCH的解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)之间的对应关系。TCI可以是由PDCCH中的DCI通知的,也可以由高层信令配置的,也可以是由PDCCH所在的CORESET确定的。高层协议层为物理层以上的每个协议层中的至少一个协议层。其中,高层协议层具体可以为以下协议层中的至少一个:媒体接入控制(Medium Access Control,MAC)层、无线链路控制(Radio Link Control,RLC)层、分组数据会聚协议(Packet Data Convergence Protocol,PDCP)层、无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)层和非接入层(Non Access Stratum,NAS)。可以理解的是,高层信令一般也可以等同于配置信息。一种可选的预设规则是:在DCI或高层信令通知的TCI中信息排序靠前,优先级越高。例如,信息排序为{TCI1,TCI2},那么TCI1对应的优先级高于TCI2对应的优先级。另一种可选的预设规则是:在DCI或高层信令通知的TCI中信息排序靠后,优先级越高。例如,信息排序为{TCI1,TCI2},那么TCI2对应的优先级高于TCI1对应的优先级。A TCI includes a quasi co-location (QCL) relationship, which is a correspondence relationship between one or two downlink reference signals and a demodulation reference signal (DMRS) of the PDSCH. The TCI can be notified by the DCI in the PDCCH, can also be configured by high-level signaling, or determined by the CORESET where the PDCCH is located. The high-level protocol layer is at least one protocol layer in each protocol layer above the physical layer. Among them, the high-level protocol layer may specifically be at least one of the following protocol layers: Medium Access Control (MAC) layer, Radio Link Control (RLC) layer, Packet Data Convergence Protocol (Packet Data Convergence) Protocol, PDCP) layer, radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) layer, and non-access stratum (Non Access Stratum, NAS). It is understandable that high-level signaling can generally also be equivalent to configuration information. An optional preset rule is: the higher the priority of the information in the DCI or TCI notified by higher layer signaling, the higher the priority. For example, if the information is sorted as {TCI1, TCI2}, then the priority corresponding to TCI1 is higher than the priority corresponding to TCI2. Another optional preset rule is: the lower the information in the DCI or TCI notified by higher layer signaling, the higher the priority. For example, if the information is sorted as {TCI1, TCI2}, then the priority corresponding to TCI2 is higher than the priority corresponding to TCI1.
CORESET对应的时频资源可用于终端设备检测PDCCH或网络设备发送PDCCH,一个终端设备可以网络设备被配置一个或多个CORESET。其中,一个CORESET在时域上可以占用1至3个符号,在频域上可以占用一个或多个RB。CORESET占用的资源可以高层信令配置。一个CORESET中可以包含多个搜索空间,一个搜索空间对应至少一个CORESET。一个CORESET关联一个或者两个TCI。一种可选的预设规则是:CORESET标识越小,优先级越高。另一种可选的预设规则是:CORESET标识越大,优先级越高。另一种可选的预设规则是:根据CORSET对应的TCI,确定信道的优先级,其中TCI的优先级可以参考前述。The time-frequency resource corresponding to CORESET can be used for terminal equipment to detect PDCCH or network equipment to send PDCCH. A terminal equipment can be configured with one or more CORESETs for network equipment. Among them, a CORESET can occupy 1 to 3 symbols in the time domain, and can occupy one or more RBs in the frequency domain. The resources occupied by CORESET can be configured by high-level signaling. One CORESET can contain multiple search spaces, and one search space corresponds to at least one CORESET. A CORESET is associated with one or two TCIs. An optional preset rule is: the smaller the CORESET flag, the higher the priority. Another optional preset rule is: the larger the CORESET flag, the higher the priority. Another optional preset rule is to determine the priority of the channel according to the TCI corresponding to the CORSET, where the priority of the TCI can refer to the foregoing.
作为一种可选的实施方式,终端设备可以根据优先级标识确定信道的优先级。As an optional implementation manner, the terminal device may determine the priority of the channel according to the priority identifier.
以图8为例,若时隙0中的DCI携带的TCI的优先级高于时隙1中的DCI携带的TCI的优先级,则终端设备在解码URLLC数据并发送HARQ信息之后,可以优先处理时隙0中的PDSCH。若时隙0中的DCI对应的CORESET标识的优先级高于时隙1中的DCI对应的CORESET标识的优先级,则终端设备在解码URLLC数据并发送HARQ信息之后,可以优先处理时隙0中的PDSCH。若时隙0中的DCI携带的TCI的优先级与时隙1中的DCI携带的TCI的优先级相同,则终端设备可以对比该两个DCI对应的CORESET标识的优先级。若时隙0中的DCI对应的CORESET标识的优先级与时隙1中的DCI对应的CORESET标识的优先级相同,则终端设备可以对比该两个DCI携带的TCI的优先级。Taking Fig. 8 as an example, if the priority of the TCI carried by the DCI in time slot 0 is higher than the priority of the TCI carried by the DCI in time slot 1, the terminal device can prioritize processing after decoding the URLLC data and sending the HARQ information PDSCH in time slot 0. If the priority of the CORESET identifier corresponding to the DCI in time slot 0 is higher than the priority of the CORESET identifier corresponding to the DCI in time slot 1, the terminal device can prioritize processing in time slot 0 after decoding the URLLC data and sending the HARQ information PDSCH. If the priority of the TCI carried by the DCI in time slot 0 is the same as the priority of the TCI carried by the DCI in time slot 1, the terminal device can compare the priorities of the CORESET identifiers corresponding to the two DCIs. If the priority of the CORESET identifier corresponding to the DCI in time slot 0 is the same as the priority of the CORESET identifier corresponding to the DCI in time slot 1, the terminal device can compare the priority of the TCI carried by the two DCIs.
A2。A2.
第一信道集合中信道对应的时频资源。时频资源包括时域资源和/或频域资源。频域资源可以是一个或多个资源块(resource block,RB),也可以是一个或多个资源单元(resource element,RE),也可以是一个或多个载波/服务小区,也可以是一个或多个部分带宽(bandwidth part,BWP)。时域资源可以是一个或多个时隙,也可以是一个或多个符号。符号可以是正交频分复用符号(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing,OFDM)。其中,OFDM符号可以使用转换预编码(transform precoding),也可以不使用转换预编码。如果OFDM符号使用转换预编码,该OFDM符号又可以被称为单载波频分复用(single  carrier frequency division multiplexing,SC-FDM)符号。The time-frequency resource corresponding to the channel in the first channel set. Time-frequency resources include time-domain resources and/or frequency-domain resources. The frequency domain resources can be one or more resource blocks (resource blocks, RB), one or more resource elements (resource elements, RE), one or more carriers/serving cells, or one Or multiple bandwidth parts (BWP). The time domain resource can be one or more time slots, or one or more symbols. The symbol may be an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing symbol (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing, OFDM). Among them, the OFDM symbol may use transform precoding (transform precoding), or may not use transform precoding. If the OFDM symbol uses conversion precoding, the OFDM symbol can also be called a single carrier frequency division multiplexing (SC-FDM) symbol.
作为一种可选的实施方式,终端设备或网络设备根据信道占用的时频资源的数量,确定信道的优先级。一种可选的预设规则是:信道占用的时频资源越多,该信道的优先级越高。另一种可选的预设规则是:信道占用的时频资源越少,优先级越高。As an optional implementation manner, the terminal device or the network device determines the priority of the channel according to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the channel. An optional preset rule is: the more time-frequency resources a channel occupies, the higher the priority of the channel. Another optional preset rule is: the less time-frequency resources occupied by the channel, the higher the priority.
以图6为例,时隙0中的PDSCH占用的RB的数量大于时隙1中的PDSCH占用的RB的数量,若终端设备选择跳过时隙0中的PDSCH,则会造成传输资源的效率降低。按照信道占用的频域资源越多,该信道的优先级越高的规则,终端设备确定时隙0中的PDSCH的优先级较高,终端设备可以优先处理该PDSCH并跳过解码时隙1中的PDSCH,这样,重传时隙1中的PDSCH仅需少量的RB,从而提高了通信系统传输资源的效率。Taking Figure 6 as an example, the number of RBs occupied by the PDSCH in time slot 0 is greater than the number of RBs occupied by the PDSCH in time slot 1. If the terminal device chooses to skip the PDSCH in time slot 0, the efficiency of transmission resources will be reduced. . According to the rule that the more frequency domain resources a channel occupies, the higher the priority of the channel, the terminal device determines that the PDSCH in time slot 0 has a higher priority, and the terminal device can process the PDSCH in priority and skip decoding in time slot 1. In this way, only a small number of RBs are required to retransmit the PDSCH in slot 1 so as to improve the efficiency of transmission resources of the communication system.
以图6为例,时隙0中的PDSCH占用的符号的数量大于时隙1中的PDSCH占用的符号的数量,若终端设备选择跳过时隙0中的PDSCH,则会造成传输资源的效率降低。按照信道占用的时域资源越多,该信道的优先级越高的规则,终端设备确定时隙0中的PDSCH的优先级较高,终端设备可以优先处理该PDSCH并跳过解码时隙1中的PDSCH,这样,重传时隙1中的PDSCH仅需少量的符号,从而提高了通信系统传输资源的效率。Taking Figure 6 as an example, the number of symbols occupied by the PDSCH in slot 0 is greater than the number of symbols occupied by the PDSCH in slot 1. If the terminal device chooses to skip the PDSCH in slot 0, the efficiency of transmission resources will be reduced . According to the rule that the more time domain resources a channel occupies, the higher the priority of the channel, the terminal device determines that the PDSCH in time slot 0 has a higher priority, and the terminal device can process the PDSCH first and skip decoding in time slot 1. In this way, only a small number of symbols are required to retransmit the PDSCH in slot 1 so as to improve the efficiency of transmission resources of the communication system.
A3。A3.
信道所在的层(layer)在5G通信系统中一般等价于天线端口数,即,不同的层对应不同的空间传输通道。The layer where the channel is located is generally equivalent to the number of antenna ports in a 5G communication system, that is, different layers correspond to different spatial transmission channels.
作为一种可选的实施方式,终端设备或网络设备根据信道对应的层数,确定信道的优先级。一种可选的预设规则是:信道对应的层数越大,该信道的优先级越高。另一种可选的预设规则是:信道对应的层数越小,该信道的优先级越高。As an optional implementation manner, the terminal device or the network device determines the priority of the channel according to the number of layers corresponding to the channel. An optional preset rule is: the greater the number of layers corresponding to a channel, the higher the priority of the channel. Another optional preset rule is: the smaller the number of layers corresponding to the channel, the higher the priority of the channel.
以图6为例,时隙0中的PDSCH对应的层数为4,时隙1中的PDSCH对应的层数为2。按照信道对应的层数越大,该信道的优先级越高的规则,终端设备确定时隙0中的PDSCH的优先级较高,终端设备可以优先处理该PDSCH并跳过时隙1中的PDSCH,这样,重传时隙1中的PDSCH仅需少量的天线端口,从而提高了通信系统传输资源的效率。Taking FIG. 6 as an example, the number of layers corresponding to the PDSCH in time slot 0 is 4, and the number of layers corresponding to the PDSCH in time slot 1 is 2. According to the rule that the greater the number of layers corresponding to the channel, the higher the priority of the channel, the terminal device determines that the priority of the PDSCH in time slot 0 is higher, and the terminal device can process the PDSCH first and skip the PDSCH in time slot 1. In this way, only a small number of antenna ports are required to retransmit the PDSCH in time slot 1, thereby improving the efficiency of transmission resources of the communication system.
以图6为例,时隙0中的PDSCH对应的层数为1,时隙1中的PDSCH对应的层数为2。按照信道对应的层数越小,该信道的优先级越高的规则,终端设备确定时隙0中的PDSCH的优先级较高,因为一般可能性要求高的信道均在层数为1的信道上传输,终端设备可以优先处理该PDSCH并跳过时隙1中的PDSCH,这样,可以保证重要的信道被优先处理,从而提高了重要信息的传输资源效率。Taking Figure 6 as an example, the number of layers corresponding to the PDSCH in time slot 0 is 1, and the number of layers corresponding to the PDSCH in time slot 1 is 2. According to the rule that the smaller the number of layers corresponding to the channel, the higher the priority of the channel, the terminal device determines that the priority of the PDSCH in time slot 0 is higher, because the channels with high probability requirements are generally in the channel with layer 1 For uplink transmission, the terminal device can process the PDSCH preferentially and skip the PDSCH in time slot 1. In this way, it can be ensured that important channels are processed preferentially, thereby improving the transmission resource efficiency of important information.
A4。A4.
误块率的高低反映了数据传输的可靠性。误块率越高,数据传输越不可靠;误块率越低,数据传输越可靠,即此时数据越重要。The block error rate reflects the reliability of data transmission. The higher the block error rate, the less reliable the data transmission; the lower the block error rate, the more reliable the data transmission, that is, the more important the data at this time.
作为一种可选的实施方式,终端设备或网络设备根据误块率,确定信道的优先级。一种可选的预设规则是:信道对应的误块率越低,该信道的优先级越高。另一种可选的预设规则是:信道对应的误块率越高,该信道的优先级越高。As an optional implementation manner, the terminal device or the network device determines the priority of the channel according to the block error rate. An optional preset rule is: the lower the block error rate corresponding to the channel, the higher the priority of the channel. Another optional preset rule is: the higher the block error rate corresponding to the channel, the higher the priority of the channel.
以图6为例,时隙0中的PDSCH对应的误块率为0.00001,时隙1中的PDSCH对应的误块率为0.1。按照信道对应的误块率越低,该信道的优先级越高的规则,终端设备确定时隙0中的PDSCH的优先级较高,终端设备可以优先处理该PDSCH并跳过时隙1中的PDSCH,这样,时隙0中的PDSCH有更高的接收正确的概率,从而提高了通信系统传 输资源的效率。Taking Figure 6 as an example, the block error rate corresponding to the PDSCH in time slot 0 is 0.00001, and the block error rate corresponding to the PDSCH in time slot 1 is 0.1. According to the rule that the lower the block error rate corresponding to the channel, the higher the priority of the channel, the terminal device determines that the priority of the PDSCH in time slot 0 is higher, and the terminal device can process the PDSCH first and skip the PDSCH in time slot 1 In this way, the PDSCH in time slot 0 has a higher probability of being received correctly, thereby improving the efficiency of transmission resources of the communication system.
以图10为例,时隙3中的PUSCH承载的UCI对应的误块率为0.00001,时隙4中的PUSCH承载的UCI对应的误块率为0.1。按照信道对应的误块率越低,该信道的优先级越高的规则,终端设备确定时隙3中的PUSCH的优先级较高,终端设备可以优先处理该PUSCH并跳过准备时隙4中的PUSCH,这样,时隙3中的PUSCH有更高的接收正确的概率,从而提高了通信系统传输资源的效率。Taking FIG. 10 as an example, the block error rate corresponding to the UCI carried by the PUSCH in time slot 3 is 0.00001, and the block error rate corresponding to the UCI carried by the PUSCH in time slot 4 is 0.1. According to the rule that the lower the block error rate corresponding to the channel, the higher the priority of the channel, the terminal device determines that the priority of the PUSCH in time slot 3 is higher, and the terminal device can process the PUSCH preferentially and skip preparing time slot 4 In this way, the PUSCH in slot 3 has a higher probability of being received correctly, thereby improving the efficiency of transmission resources of the communication system.
A5。A5.
TBS可以是进行信道编码前的原始信息比特数,也可以是原始信息比特数与循环校验比特数之和,也可以是进行信道编码后的编码比特数。TBS can be the number of original information bits before channel coding, or the sum of the number of original information bits and the number of cyclic check bits, or the number of coded bits after channel coding.
作为一种可选的实施方式,终端设备或网络设备根据信道承载的TBS,确定信道的优先级。一种可选的预设规则是:信道对应的TBS越大,该信道的优先级越高。一种可选的预设规则是:信道对应的TBS越小,该信道的优先级越高。As an optional implementation manner, the terminal device or the network device determines the priority of the channel according to the TBS carried by the channel. An optional preset rule is: the larger the TBS corresponding to the channel, the higher the priority of the channel. An optional preset rule is: the smaller the TBS corresponding to the channel, the higher the priority of the channel.
以图6为例,时隙0中的PDSCH承载的TBS为1000,时隙1中的PDSCH承载的TBS为800。按照信道对应的TBS越大,该信道的优先级越高的规则,终端设备确定时隙0中的PDSCH的优先级较高,终端设备可以优先处理该PDSCH并跳过时隙1中的PDSCH,这样,仅需少量的传输资源即可重传时隙1中的PDSCH,从而提高了通信系统传输资源的效率。Taking FIG. 6 as an example, the TBS carried by the PDSCH in time slot 0 is 1000, and the TBS carried by the PDSCH in time slot 1 is 800. According to the rule that the larger the TBS corresponding to the channel, the higher the priority of the channel, the terminal equipment determines that the priority of the PDSCH in time slot 0 is higher, and the terminal equipment can process the PDSCH first and skip the PDSCH in time slot 1. , Only a small amount of transmission resources are needed to retransmit the PDSCH in time slot 1, thereby improving the efficiency of transmission resources of the communication system.
以图10为例,时隙3中的PUSCH承载的TBS为1000,时隙4中的PUSCH承载的TBS为800。按照信道对应的TBS越大,该信道的优先级越高的规则,终端设备确定时隙3中的PUSCH的优先级较高,终端设备可以优先处理该PUSCH并跳过准备时隙4中的PUSCH,这样,仅需少量的传输资源即可重传时隙4中的PUSCH,从而提高了通信系统传输资源的效率。Taking FIG. 10 as an example, the TBS carried by the PUSCH in time slot 3 is 1000, and the TBS carried by the PUSCH in time slot 4 is 800. According to the rule that the larger the TBS corresponding to the channel, the higher the priority of the channel, the terminal device determines that the priority of the PUSCH in time slot 3 is higher, and the terminal device can process the PUSCH first and skip preparing the PUSCH in time slot 4 In this way, the PUSCH in slot 4 can be retransmitted with only a small amount of transmission resources, thereby improving the efficiency of transmission resources of the communication system.
A6。A6.
UCI一般包括:HARQ信息,调度请求(scheduling request,SR)和信道状态信息(channel state information,CSI)。HARQ信息包括ACK和ACK。SR包括正(positive)SR和负(negative)SR,正SR代表终端设备目前有上行数据传输的请求,负SR代表终端设备目前没有上行数据传输的请求。CSI一般包括信道质量信息(channel quality indicator,CQI),秩指示(rank indicator,RI),预编码矩阵指示(precoding matrix indicator,PMI),信道状态信息参考信号资源指示(CSI reference signal resource indicator,CRI)和测量链路配置集合信息中的一个或者多个的组合。UCI generally includes: HARQ information, scheduling request (scheduling request, SR) and channel state information (channel state information, CSI). HARQ information includes ACK and ACK. SR includes positive SR and negative SR. A positive SR represents that the terminal device currently has a request for uplink data transmission, and a negative SR represents that the terminal device has no request for uplink data transmission. CSI generally includes channel quality information (channel quality indicator, CQI), rank indicator (rank indicator, RI), precoding matrix indicator (precoding matrix indicator, PMI), channel state information reference signal resource indicator (CSI reference signal resource indicator, CRI) ) And a combination of one or more of the measurement link configuration set information.
作为一种可选的实施方式,终端设备或网络设备根据信道承载的UCI的类型,确定信道的优先级。不同的UCI的重要性不同,例如,HARQ信息是网络设备决定是否重传的依据,为了保证数据传输的可靠性,网络设备需要尽早获得HARQ信息。而CSI则是重要性较低的信息,即使网络设备未获得CSI,网络设备也可以选择使用较低的码率传输,以克服可能存在的通信干扰。As an optional implementation manner, the terminal device or the network device determines the priority of the channel according to the type of UCI carried by the channel. Different UCIs are of different importance. For example, HARQ information is the basis for network equipment to decide whether to retransmit. In order to ensure the reliability of data transmission, network equipment needs to obtain HARQ information as soon as possible. The CSI is information of lower importance. Even if the network device does not obtain the CSI, the network device can choose to use a lower bit rate for transmission to overcome possible communication interference.
因此,一种可选的规则是:HARQ的优先级大于CSI的优先级,或者,HARQ的优先级大于第一类型CSI的优先级,第一类CSI大于第二类CSI的优先级。Therefore, an optional rule is that the priority of HARQ is greater than the priority of CSI, or the priority of HARQ is greater than the priority of the first type of CSI, and the priority of the first type of CSI is greater than the priority of the second type of CSI.
以图10为例,时隙3中的PUSCH承载的UCI包含HARQ信息,时隙4中的PUSCH承载的UCI只包含CSI。按照上述规则,终端设备确定时隙3中的PUSCH的优先级较高, 终端设备可以优先处理该PUSCH并跳过准备时隙4中的PUSCH,这样,可以保证重要信息的传输可靠性。Taking FIG. 10 as an example, the UCI carried by the PUSCH in time slot 3 contains HARQ information, and the UCI carried by the PUSCH in time slot 4 only contains CSI. According to the foregoing rules, the terminal device determines that the PUSCH in time slot 3 has a higher priority, and the terminal device can process the PUSCH preferentially and skip preparing the PUSCH in time slot 4, so that the transmission reliability of important information can be guaranteed.
A7。A7.
作为一种可选的实施方式,终端设备或网络设备根据信道对应的HARQ进程号确定信道的优先级。网络设备可以通过PDCCH指示信道对应的HARQ进程号。不同的HARQ进程号对应不同的优先级,例如,网络设备预先为终端设备配置了2到12个HARQ进程号。其中,如果配置了12个HARQ进程号,那么HARQ进程号可以是0~11。As an optional implementation manner, the terminal device or the network device determines the priority of the channel according to the HARQ process number corresponding to the channel. The network device can indicate the HARQ process number corresponding to the channel through the PDCCH. Different HARQ process numbers correspond to different priorities. For example, the network device is configured with 2 to 12 HARQ process numbers for the terminal device in advance. Among them, if 12 HARQ process numbers are configured, the HARQ process numbers can be 0-11.
HARQ进程号对应的优先级高低可以预先设置,也可以由高层信令配置。一种可选的预设规则是:HARQ进程号越小,优先级越高。另一种可选的预设规则是:HARQ进程号越大,优先级越高。The priority level corresponding to the HARQ process number can be preset or configured by higher layer signaling. An optional preset rule is: the smaller the HARQ process number, the higher the priority. Another optional preset rule is: the larger the HARQ process number, the higher the priority.
以图8为例,时隙0中的PDSCH对应的HARQ进程号为5,时隙1中的PDSCH对应的HARQ进程号为6,时隙2中的PDSCH对应的HARQ进程号为0。若HARQ进程号越小,优先级越高,则终端设备优先处理时隙2中的PDSCH。终端设备还可以选择在时隙2中的PDSCH处理完成后,再优先处理时隙0中的PDSCH。若终端设备的处理能力还有剩余,还可以随后处理时隙1中的PDSCH。终端设备也可以在处理时隙2中的PDSCH之后,由于处理能力不足跳过处理时隙1中的PDSCH和/或时隙0中的PDSCH,并通过HARQ信息进行反馈之后,等待网络设备重传该PDSCH。终端设备也可以在处理时隙2中的PDSCH之后,由于处理能力不足跳过处理时隙1中的PDSCH的部分码块组和/或时隙0中的PDSCH的部分码块组,并通过HARQ信息进行反馈之后,等待网络设备重传该PDSCH的部分码块组。Taking FIG. 8 as an example, the HARQ process number corresponding to PDSCH in time slot 0 is 5, the HARQ process number corresponding to PDSCH in time slot 1 is 6, and the HARQ process number corresponding to PDSCH in time slot 2 is 0. If the HARQ process number is smaller and the priority is higher, the terminal device will preferentially process the PDSCH in time slot 2. The terminal equipment can also choose to process the PDSCH in the time slot 0 first after the PDSCH processing in the time slot 2 is completed. If the processing capacity of the terminal equipment is left, it can also process the PDSCH in time slot 1 later. After processing the PDSCH in time slot 2, the terminal device can also skip processing the PDSCH in time slot 1 and/or the PDSCH in time slot 0 due to insufficient processing capacity, and after feedback through HARQ information, wait for the network device to retransmit The PDSCH. After processing the PDSCH in time slot 2, the terminal device may also skip processing part of the code block group of PDSCH in time slot 1 and/or part of the code block group of PDSCH in time slot 0 due to insufficient processing capacity, and pass HARQ After the information is fed back, it waits for the network device to retransmit the partial code block group of the PDSCH.
以图13为例,时隙0中的DCI对应的HARQ进程号为5,时隙1中的DCI对应的HARQ进程号为6,时隙2中的DCI对应的HARQ进程号为0。若HARQ进程号越小,优先级越高,则终端设备优先准备时隙0中DCI对应的PUSCH。在时隙0中DCI对应的PUSCH发送完成后,若终端设备的处理能力还有剩余,还可以随后准备时隙1和时隙2中DCI对应的PUSCH。终端设备也可以在时隙0中DCI对应的PUSCH发送完成之后,由于处理能力不足跳过准备时隙1中DCI对应的PUSCH和/或时隙2中DCI对应的PUSCH,等待网络设备重新指示终端设备重传该PUSCH。Taking FIG. 13 as an example, the HARQ process number corresponding to DCI in time slot 0 is 5, the HARQ process number corresponding to DCI in time slot 1 is 6, and the HARQ process number corresponding to DCI in time slot 2 is 0. If the HARQ process number is smaller and the priority is higher, the terminal device will preferentially prepare the PUSCH corresponding to the DCI in time slot 0. After the transmission of the PUSCH corresponding to the DCI in the time slot 0 is completed, if the processing capacity of the terminal device is still remaining, the PUSCH corresponding to the DCI in the time slot 1 and the time slot 2 can be prepared subsequently. The terminal equipment can also skip preparing the PUSCH corresponding to the DCI in time slot 1 and/or the PUSCH corresponding to the DCI in time slot 2 after the transmission of the PUSCH corresponding to DCI in time slot 0 is completed, and wait for the network equipment to re-instruct the terminal The device retransmits the PUSCH.
因此,根据HARQ进程号确定优先处理的信道能够避免重要的信道被跳过。此外,在终端设备的处理能力有剩余的情况下,可以最大限度避免网络设备再次消耗系统资源重传非重要数据,从而提高了通信系统传输资源的效率。Therefore, determining the priority channel based on the HARQ process ID can prevent important channels from being skipped. In addition, when the processing capacity of the terminal device is surplus, it is possible to avoid the network device from consuming system resources again to retransmit non-important data, thereby improving the efficiency of the communication system transmission resources.
A8。A8.
信道对应的传输次数为正整数,信道对应的传输次数可以是高层信令配置的,也可以是预先定义的,也可以是下行控制信息指示的。例如,信道的传输次数可以是1~8中的一个数值。传输次数通常指的一个信道被重复传输次数,即一个信道承载的数据在多个时频资源和/或多个天线端口上从开始传输到传输成功或者停止传输被发送的次数。当传输次数大于或等于2时,两次传输所发送的数据可以相同,也可以不同,即,重传时可以传输整个TB,也可以传输部分TB,即TB中的一部分码块组。The number of transmission times corresponding to the channel is a positive integer, and the number of transmission times corresponding to the channel may be configured by high-level signaling, or may be predefined, or indicated by downlink control information. For example, the number of channel transmissions can be a value from 1 to 8. The number of transmissions usually refers to the number of repeated transmissions of a channel, that is, the number of times the data carried by a channel is transmitted on multiple time-frequency resources and/or multiple antenna ports from the start to the successful transmission or the stop transmission. When the number of transmissions is greater than or equal to 2, the data sent in the two transmissions can be the same or different, that is, the entire TB can be transmitted during retransmission, or part of the TB, that is, a part of the code block group in the TB can be transmitted.
作为一种可选的实施方式,终端设备或网络设备根据信道对应的传输次数,确定信道的优先级。一种可选的预设规则是:传输次数越大,优先级越高。另一种可选的预设规则 是:传输次数越小,优先级越高。As an optional implementation manner, the terminal device or the network device determines the priority of the channel according to the number of transmissions corresponding to the channel. An optional preset rule is: the greater the number of transmissions, the higher the priority. Another optional preset rule is: the smaller the number of transmissions, the higher the priority.
以图6为例,时隙0中的PDSCH对应的传输次数为4,时隙1中的PDSCH对应的传输次数为1。按照传输次数越大,优先级越高的规则,终端设备确定时隙0中的PDSCH的优先级较高,终端设备可以优先处理该PDSCH,和/或跳过处理时隙1中的PDSCH。其中,跳过处理时隙1中的PDSCH可以是跳过处理时隙1中的PDSCH的TB,也可以跳过处理处理时隙1中的PUSCH的部分码块组。Taking FIG. 6 as an example, the number of transmissions corresponding to the PDSCH in time slot 0 is 4, and the number of transmissions corresponding to the PDSCH in time slot 1 is 1. According to the rule that the greater the number of transmissions, the higher the priority, the terminal device determines that the PDSCH in time slot 0 has a higher priority, and the terminal device can process the PDSCH in priority and/or skip processing the PDSCH in time slot 1. Wherein, skip processing the PDSCH in slot 1 may be skip processing the PDSCH in slot 1 TB, or skip processing a partial code block group of the PUSCH in slot 1.
传输次数较大的信道所对应的数据的大部分可能已经被正确接收,若先处理时隙1中的PDSCH,则时隙0中的PDSCH可能由于传输次数达到最大值或者终端设备的缓存被清空而需要重新传输整个数据,从而会降低通信系统传输资源的效率。按照“传输次数越大,优先级越高”的规则,终端设备跳过时隙1中的PDSCH,网络设备还可以通过重传该PDSCH对应的数据的部分码块组或全部TB完成数据传输,从而提高了通信系统传输资源的效率。Most of the data corresponding to the channel with a larger number of transmissions may have been received correctly. If the PDSCH in time slot 1 is processed first, the PDSCH in time slot 0 may be due to the maximum number of transmissions or the buffer of the terminal device may be emptied The entire data needs to be retransmitted, which reduces the efficiency of the communication system's transmission resources. According to the rule of "the greater the number of transmissions, the higher the priority", the terminal equipment skips the PDSCH in time slot 1, and the network equipment can also complete data transmission by retransmitting part of the code block group or all TBs of the data corresponding to the PDSCH. Improve the efficiency of communication system transmission resources.
以图10为例,时隙0中的DCI对应的传输次数为1,时隙1中的DCI对应的传输次数为4。按照传输次数越大,优先级越高的规则,终端设备确定时隙1中的DCI的优先级较高,终端设备可以优先准备该DCI对应的PUSCH,可选地,终端设备可以跳过准备时隙0中的DCI对应的PUSCH。其中,跳过准备时隙0中的DCI对应的PUSCH可以是跳过准备该PUSCH对应的传输块TB,也可以是跳过准备该PUSCH对应的部分码块组。Taking FIG. 10 as an example, the number of transmissions corresponding to DCI in time slot 0 is 1, and the number of transmissions corresponding to DCI in time slot 1 is 4. According to the rule that the greater the number of transmissions, the higher the priority, the terminal device determines that the DCI in time slot 1 has a higher priority, and the terminal device can prioritize the preparation of the PUSCH corresponding to the DCI. Optionally, the terminal device can skip the preparation time. The PUSCH corresponding to the DCI in slot 0. Wherein, skipping the preparation of the PUSCH corresponding to the DCI in time slot 0 may be skipping preparation of the transport block TB corresponding to the PUSCH, or skip preparation of the partial code block group corresponding to the PUSCH.
传输次数较大的信道所对应的数据的大部分可能已经被正确接收,若先准备时隙0中DCI对应的PUSCH,则时隙1中DCI对应的PUSCH可能由于传输次数达到最大值或者终端设备的缓存被清空而需要重新传输整个数据,从而会降低通信系统传输资源的效率。按照“传输次数越大,优先级越高”的规则,终端设备跳过准备时隙0中DCI对应的PUSCH,网络设备还可以通过重传该PDSCH对应的数据的部分码块组或全部TB完成数据传输,从而提高了通信系统传输资源的效率。Most of the data corresponding to the channel with a large number of transmissions may have been received correctly. If the PUSCH corresponding to DCI in time slot 0 is prepared first, the PUSCH corresponding to DCI in time slot 1 may reach the maximum number of transmissions or the terminal equipment If the buffer is emptied and the entire data needs to be retransmitted, the efficiency of the transmission resources of the communication system will be reduced. According to the rule of "the greater the number of transmissions, the higher the priority", the terminal equipment skips the PUSCH corresponding to DCI in time slot 0, and the network equipment can also complete by retransmitting part of the code block group or all TB of the data corresponding to the PDSCH Data transmission, thereby improving the efficiency of communication system transmission resources.
A9。A9.
作为一种可选的实施方式,终端设备或网络设备还可以根据第一下行信道的时域位置与第二下行信道的时域位置确定信道的优先级。As an optional implementation manner, the terminal device or the network device may also determine the priority of the channel according to the time domain position of the first downlink channel and the time domain position of the second downlink channel.
一个可选的预设规则是:信道的时域位置越靠后,该信道的优先级越高。An optional preset rule is: the lower the time domain position of the channel, the higher the priority of the channel.
第一下行信道的时域位置在第二下行信道的时域位置之后,存在以下几种情况:The time domain position of the first downlink channel is after the time domain position of the second downlink channel, and there are the following situations:
情况1、第一下行信道的起始符号在第二下行信道的起始符号之后,第一下行信道的终止符号在第二下行信道的终止符号之后; Case 1. The start symbol of the first downlink channel is after the start symbol of the second downlink channel, and the termination symbol of the first downlink channel is after the termination symbol of the second downlink channel;
情况2、第一下行信道的起始符号在第二下行信道的起始符号之后,第一下行信道的终止符号在第二下行信道的终止符号的之前; Case 2. The start symbol of the first downlink channel is after the start symbol of the second downlink channel, and the end symbol of the first downlink channel is before the end symbol of the second downlink channel;
情况3、第一下行信道的起始符号在第二下行信道的起始符号之前,第一下行信道的终止符号在第二下行信道的终止符号的之后;Case 3: The start symbol of the first downlink channel is before the start symbol of the second downlink channel, and the end symbol of the first downlink channel is after the end symbol of the second downlink channel;
情况4、第一下行信道的起始符号在第二下行信道的终止符号的之后。Case 4: The start symbol of the first downlink channel is after the end symbol of the second downlink channel.
示例性的,在单网络设备场景或者具有理想回程连接的多网络设备场景中,下行信道的时域位置靠后,说明该下行信道承载或调度的数据为紧急数据或重要数据,该下行信道的优先级较高。Exemplarily, in a single network device scenario or a multiple network device scenario with ideal backhaul connections, the time domain position of the downlink channel is lower, indicating that the data carried or scheduled by the downlink channel is urgent data or important data. The priority is higher.
以图8为例,时隙2中的PDSCH位于时隙1和时隙0中的PDSCH之后,但时隙2 中的PDSCH对应的HARQ信息却被提前调度,说明时隙2中的PDSCH承载了比较重要的数据,因此,终端设备可以优先处理时隙2中的PDSCH。Taking Figure 8 as an example, the PDSCH in time slot 2 is located after the PDSCH in time slot 1 and time slot 0, but the HARQ information corresponding to the PDSCH in time slot 2 is scheduled in advance, indicating that the PDSCH in time slot 2 carries More important data, therefore, the terminal equipment can prioritize the PDSCH in time slot 2.
再以图12为例,时隙2中的DCI位于时隙1和时隙0中的DCI之后,但时隙2中的DCI对应的PUSCH却被提前调度,说明时隙2中的DCI调度了比较重要的数据,因此,终端设备可以优先处理时隙4前半部分中的PUSCH。Taking Figure 12 as an example again, the DCI in slot 2 is located after the DCI in slot 1 and slot 0, but the PUSCH corresponding to the DCI in slot 2 is scheduled in advance, indicating that the DCI in slot 2 is scheduled More important data, therefore, the terminal device can prioritize the PUSCH in the first half of time slot 4.
另一个可选的预设规则是:信道的时域位置越靠前,该信道的优先级越高。Another optional preset rule is: the higher the time domain position of the channel, the higher the priority of the channel.
第一信道的时域位置在第二下行信道的时域位置之前,存在以下几种情况:The time domain position of the first channel is before the time domain position of the second downlink channel, there are the following situations:
情况1、第一下行信道的起始符号在第二下行信道的起始符号之前,第一下行信道的终止符号在第二下行信道的终止符号之前; Case 1. The start symbol of the first downlink channel is before the start symbol of the second downlink channel, and the end symbol of the first downlink channel is before the end symbol of the second downlink channel;
情况2、第一下行信道的起始符号在第二下行信道的起始符号之前,第一下行信道的终止符号在第二下行信道的终止符号的之后; Case 2. The start symbol of the first downlink channel is before the start symbol of the second downlink channel, and the end symbol of the first downlink channel is after the end symbol of the second downlink channel;
情况3、第一下行信道的起始符号在第二下行信道的起始符号之后,第一下行信道的终止符号在第二下行信道的终止符号的之前;Case 3: The start symbol of the first downlink channel is after the start symbol of the second downlink channel, and the termination symbol of the first downlink channel is before the termination symbol of the second downlink channel;
情况4、第一下行信道的终止符号在第二下行信道的起始符号的之前。Case 4: The end symbol of the first downlink channel is before the start symbol of the second downlink channel.
可选地,在具有非理想回程连接的多网络设备场景中,由于多个网络设备之间的通信存在明显时延,根据时域位置靠后信道不一定是承载重要数据的信道。因此,终端设备可以优先处理较早到达的下行信道,或者,终端设备可以优先处理较早到达的下行信道对应的上行信道。Optionally, in a multi-network device scenario with non-ideal backhaul connections, due to significant time delays in communication between multiple network devices, the lower channel may not necessarily be a channel carrying important data according to the time domain position. Therefore, the terminal device may preferentially process the downlink channel that arrives earlier, or the terminal device may preferentially process the uplink channel corresponding to the downlink channel that arrives earlier.
以图6为例,时隙1中的PDSCH位于时隙0中的PDSCH之后,但时隙1中的PDSCH对应的HARQ信息却被提前调度,说明时隙1中的PDSCH为不按顺序调度的信道。由于TRP1和TRP2处于非理想回程连接状态,终端设备可以优先处理时隙0中的PDSCH。这样做的好处在于:时隙0中的PDSCH是最先接收的信道,终端设备在接收到时隙1中的DCI时,时隙0中的PDSCH的解码可能已经接近完成,跳过时隙0中的PDSCH会导致计算资源的浪费,并且,可能会导致重传。因此,终端设备优先处理时隙0中的PDSCH能够提高终端设备的处理效率以及通信资源的效率。Taking Figure 6 as an example, the PDSCH in time slot 1 is located after the PDSCH in time slot 0, but the HARQ information corresponding to the PDSCH in time slot 1 is scheduled in advance, indicating that the PDSCH in time slot 1 is not scheduled in order channel. Since TRP1 and TRP2 are in a non-ideal backhaul connection state, the terminal device can preferentially process the PDSCH in time slot 0. The advantage of this is that the PDSCH in time slot 0 is the first channel to be received. When the terminal device receives the DCI in time slot 1, the decoding of the PDSCH in time slot 0 may have been almost completed, skipping in time slot 0 The PDSCH will lead to a waste of computing resources, and may cause retransmission. Therefore, the terminal device preferentially processes the PDSCH in time slot 0 to improve the processing efficiency of the terminal device and the efficiency of communication resources.
以图10为例,时隙1中的DCI位于时隙0中的DCI之后,但时隙1中的DCI对应的PUSCH却被提前调度,说明时隙3中的PUSCH为不按顺序调度的信道。由于TRP1和TRP2处于非理想回程连接状态,终端设备可以优先处理时隙4中的PDSCH,这样,终端设备可以按照顺序进行解码,减小了终端设备处理任务的复杂度。Taking Figure 10 as an example, the DCI in time slot 1 is after the DCI in time slot 0, but the PUSCH corresponding to the DCI in time slot 1 is scheduled in advance, indicating that the PUSCH in time slot 3 is a channel that is not scheduled in sequence . Since TRP1 and TRP2 are in a non-ideal backhaul connection state, the terminal device can preferentially process the PDSCH in time slot 4. In this way, the terminal device can decode in order, reducing the complexity of processing tasks for the terminal device.
A10。A10.
作为一种可选的实施方式,终端设备或网络设备还可以根据第一上行信道的时域位置与第二上行信道的时域位置确定信道的优先级。As an optional implementation manner, the terminal device or the network device may also determine the priority of the channel according to the time domain position of the first uplink channel and the time domain position of the second uplink channel.
一个可选的预设规则是:信道的时域位置越靠前,该信道的优先级越高。An optional preset rule is: the higher the time domain position of the channel, the higher the priority of the channel.
第一上行信道的时域位置在第二上行信道的时域位置之后,存在以下几种情况:The time domain position of the first uplink channel is after the time domain position of the second uplink channel, and the following situations exist:
情况1、第一上行信道的起始符号在第二上行信道的起始符号之后,第一上行信道的终止符号在第二上行信道的终止符号之后; Case 1. The start symbol of the first uplink channel is after the start symbol of the second uplink channel, and the termination symbol of the first uplink channel is after the termination symbol of the second uplink channel;
情况2、第一上行信道的起始符号在第二上行信道的起始符号之后,第一上行信道的终止符号在第二上行信道的终止符号的之前; Case 2. The start symbol of the first uplink channel is after the start symbol of the second uplink channel, and the termination symbol of the first uplink channel is before the termination symbol of the second uplink channel;
情况3、第一上行信道的起始符号在第二上行信道的起始符号之前,第一上行信道的 终止符号在第二上行信道的终止符号的之后;Case 3: The start symbol of the first uplink channel is before the start symbol of the second uplink channel, and the termination symbol of the first uplink channel is after the termination symbol of the second uplink channel;
情况4、第一上行信道的起始符号在第二上行信道的终止符号的之后。Case 4: The start symbol of the first uplink channel is after the end symbol of the second uplink channel.
示例性地,在单网络设备场景或者具有理想回程连接的多网络设备场景中,上行信道的时域位置靠前,说明该上行信道承载的数据为紧急数据或重要数据,该上行信道的优先级较高。Exemplarily, in a single network device scenario or a multiple network device scenario with ideal backhaul connections, the time domain position of the uplink channel is higher, indicating that the data carried by the uplink channel is urgent data or important data, and the priority of the uplink channel Higher.
以图8为例,时隙4中的URLLC数据对应的HARQ信息位于eMBB数据1和eMBB数据2对应的HARQ信息之前,说明时隙4前半部分的信道承载了比较重要的数据,因此,终端设备可以优先处理时隙4前半部分的信道(例如,PUCCH)。Taking Figure 8 as an example, the HARQ information corresponding to the URLLC data in time slot 4 is located before the HARQ information corresponding to eMBB data 1 and eMBB data 2, indicating that the channel in the first half of time slot 4 carries more important data. Therefore, the terminal equipment The channel in the first half of time slot 4 (for example, PUCCH) can be processed preferentially.
再以图12为例,时隙4中的URLLC数据对应的PUSCH位于eMBB数据1和eMBB数据2对应的PUSCH之前,说明时隙4前半部分中的PUSCH承载了比较重要的数据,因此,终端设备可以优先处理时隙4前半部分中的PUSCH。Taking Figure 12 as an example again, the PUSCH corresponding to URLLC data in time slot 4 is located before the PUSCH corresponding to eMBB data 1 and eMBB data 2, indicating that the PUSCH in the first half of time slot 4 carries more important data. Therefore, the terminal equipment The PUSCH in the first half of slot 4 can be processed preferentially.
上述各个规则可以是通信协议定义的,也可以是网络设备通过高层信令配置的,还可以是网络设备通过下行控制信息指示的。The above-mentioned various rules may be defined by the communication protocol, or configured by the network equipment through high-level signaling, or instructed by the network equipment through downlink control information.
高层信令通常是长效信息,即,网络设备通过高层信令配置的内容长期有效,除非网络设备重新配置此高层信令。High-level signaling is usually long-term information, that is, the content configured by the network equipment through the high-level signaling is valid for a long time, unless the network equipment reconfigures this high-level signaling.
动态信令通常是短效信息,即,网络设备通过动态信令配置的内容短期有效。例如,动态信令可以是DCI,DCI所调度的信息传输完成后,该DCI所指示的内容也就失效了。Dynamic signaling is usually short-term information, that is, the content configured by the network device through dynamic signaling is effective for a short time. For example, the dynamic signaling may be DCI. After the transmission of the information scheduled by the DCI is completed, the content indicated by the DCI becomes invalid.
若网络设备为终端设备配置了多个规则,则终端设备可以根据各个规则的优先级确定应用规则的先后顺序。If the network device configures multiple rules for the terminal device, the terminal device can determine the order of applying the rules according to the priority of each rule.
即,S130可以包括以下步骤:That is, S130 may include the following steps:
终端设备根据第一预设规则从第一信道集合中确定候选目标信道;The terminal device determines the candidate target channel from the first channel set according to the first preset rule;
若候选目标信道为一个信道,则终端设备确定该候选目标信道为第一目标信道;若候选目标信道包括多个信道,则终端设备根据第二预设规则从候选目标信道中确定第一目标信道。If the candidate target channel is one channel, the terminal device determines that the candidate target channel is the first target channel; if the candidate target channel includes multiple channels, the terminal device determines the first target channel from the candidate target channels according to the second preset rule .
第二预设规则为与第一预设规则相异的规则。若第二预设规则仍然无法确定出一个信道,则继续使用新的预设规则确定第一目标信道,直至从第一信道集合中确定出一个信道,即,第一目标信道。可以理解的是,在确定第一目标信道的过程中,每个预设规则只使用一次,在使用过一个预设规则之后,终端设备会使用其它未使用过的预设规则中的一种或多种进行确定第一目标信道。The second preset rule is a rule different from the first preset rule. If the second preset rule still cannot determine a channel, the new preset rule continues to be used to determine the first target channel until a channel is determined from the first channel set, that is, the first target channel. It is understandable that in the process of determining the first target channel, each preset rule is used only once. After a preset rule is used, the terminal device will use one of the other unused preset rules or Various processes are performed to determine the first target channel.
第一预设规则和第二预设规则可以是上述包含A1至A10中不同信息的规则,本申请对此不作限定。The first preset rule and the second preset rule may be the above-mentioned rule containing different information in A1 to A10, which is not limited in this application.
可选地,预设规则的先后顺序为A1->A5->A2,或者,A1->A8->A2,或者,A1->A8->A2->A9(或者A10)。Optionally, the sequence of the preset rules is A1->A5->A2, or A1->A8->A2, or A1->A8->A2->A9 (or A10).
可选地,预设规则包含A1的规则、包含A2的规则和包含A5的规则。包含A1的规则的优先级高于包含A5的规则的优先级,包含A5的规则的优先级高于包含A2的规则的优先级。终端设备可以首先应用包含A1的规则,若两个信道的优先级标识相同或在同一个的优先级标识集合中。终端设备可以再应用包含A5的规则,根据该两个信道承载的TBS的大小确定该两个信道的优先级。若该两个信道承载的TBS相同或在相同的TBS取值范围内,那么终端设备可以再应用包含A2的规则,根据该两个信道占用的时频资源的数量 确定该两个信道的优先级。Optionally, the preset rules include A1 rules, A2 rules, and A5 rules. The priority of the rule containing A1 is higher than the priority of the rule containing A5, and the priority of the rule containing A5 is higher than the priority of the rule containing A2. The terminal device can first apply the rule including A1, if the priority identifiers of the two channels are the same or in the same priority identifier set. The terminal device can apply the rule including A5 again, and determine the priority of the two channels according to the size of the TBS carried by the two channels. If the TBS carried by the two channels are the same or within the same TBS value range, the terminal device can apply the rule including A2 again, and determine the priority of the two channels according to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the two channels .
当前终端设备使用的规则包括:The current rules used by terminal equipment include:
规则1,信道的优先级标识对应的标识越高,该信道的优先级越高。Rule 1: The higher the identifier corresponding to the priority identifier of the channel, the higher the priority of the channel.
规则2,信道承载的TBS越大,该信道的优先级越高。Rule 2: The larger the TBS carried by the channel, the higher the priority of the channel.
规则3,信道占用的时频资源越多,该信道的优先级越高。Rule 3: The more time-frequency resources a channel occupies, the higher the priority of the channel.
规则1的优先级>规则2的优先级>规则3的优先级。The priority of rule 1>the priority of rule 2>the priority of rule 3.
结合图6再详细说明多个优先级存在的场景。The scenarios where multiple priorities exist are described in detail with reference to FIG. 6.
当前终端设备使用的规则包括:The current rules used by terminal equipment include:
规则1,信道的优先级标识对应的标识越高,该信道的优先级越高。Rule 1: The higher the identifier corresponding to the priority identifier of the channel, the higher the priority of the channel.
规则2,信道对应的传输次数越大,该信道的优先级越高。Rule 2: The greater the number of transmissions corresponding to a channel, the higher the priority of the channel.
规则3,信道占用的时频资源越多,该信道的优先级越高。Rule 3: The more time-frequency resources a channel occupies, the higher the priority of the channel.
规则1的优先级>规则2的优先级>规则3的优先级。The priority of rule 1>the priority of rule 2>the priority of rule 3.
终端设备在时隙0和时隙1内分别接收到PDSCH之后,首先根据规则1比较这两个PDSCH的优先级标识。若这两个PDSCH的优先级标识相同,则根据规则2比较这两个PDSCH传输的传输次数。若时隙0中PDSCH对应的传输次数为4,时隙1中PDSCH对应的传输次数为2,则终端设备确定时隙0中PDSCH的优先级较高,优先处理时隙0中PDSCH。若时隙0中PDSCH对应的传输次数和时隙1中PDSCH对应的传输次数相同,则终端设备根据规则3比较这两个PDSCH占用的时频资源。After receiving the PDSCH in time slot 0 and time slot 1, the terminal device first compares the priority identifiers of the two PDSCHs according to rule 1. If the priority identifiers of the two PDSCHs are the same, the transmission times of the two PDSCHs are compared according to rule 2. If the number of transmissions corresponding to the PDSCH in time slot 0 is 4 and the number of transmissions corresponding to the PDSCH in time slot 1 is 2, the terminal device determines that the priority of the PDSCH in time slot 0 is higher and processes the PDSCH in time slot 0 first. If the number of transmissions corresponding to the PDSCH in time slot 0 is the same as the number of transmissions corresponding to PDSCH in time slot 1, the terminal device compares the time-frequency resources occupied by the two PDSCHs according to rule 3.
可选地,预设规则包含A1的规则、包含A2的规则、包含A8的规则和包含A9(或A10)的规则。包含A1的规则的优先级高于包含A8的规则的优先级,包含A8的规则的优先级高于包含A2的规则的优先级,包含A2的规则的优先级高于包含A9(或A10)的规则的优先级。终端设备可以首先应用包含A1的规则,若两个信道的优先级标识相同或在同一个的优先级标识集合中。终端设备可以再应用包含A8的规则,根据该两个信道的传输次数的大小确定该两个信道的优先级。若该两个信道的传输次数相同或在相同的传输次数取值范围内,那么终端设备可以再应用包含A2的规则,根据该两个信道占用的时频资源的数量确定该两个信道的优先级。若该两个信道占用的时频资源的数量相同或在相同的时频资源的数量取值范围内,那么终端设备可以再应用包含A9(或A10)的规则,根据该两个信道占用的时频资源的时域位置确定该两个信道的优先级。Optionally, the preset rules include A1 rules, A2 rules, A8 rules, and A9 (or A10) rules. The priority of the rule containing A1 is higher than the priority of the rule containing A8, the priority of the rule containing A8 is higher than the priority of the rule containing A2, and the priority of the rule containing A2 is higher than the priority of the rule containing A9 (or A10) The priority of the rule. The terminal device can first apply the rule including A1, if the priority identifiers of the two channels are the same or in the same priority identifier set. The terminal device can apply the rule including A8 again, and determine the priority of the two channels according to the size of the transmission times of the two channels. If the transmission times of the two channels are the same or within the same value range of the transmission times, the terminal device can then apply the rule including A2 to determine the priority of the two channels according to the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the two channels level. If the number of time-frequency resources occupied by the two channels is the same or within the same value range of the number of time-frequency resources, the terminal device can then apply the rule including A9 (or A10) according to the time-frequency resources occupied by the two channels. The time domain position of the frequency resource determines the priority of the two channels.
当前终端设备使用的规则包括:The current rules used by terminal equipment include:
规则1,信道的优先级标识对应的标识越高,该信道的优先级越高。Rule 1: The higher the identifier corresponding to the priority identifier of the channel, the higher the priority of the channel.
规则2,信道对应的传输次数越大,该信道的优先级越高。Rule 2: The greater the number of transmissions corresponding to a channel, the higher the priority of the channel.
规则3,信道占用的时频资源越多,该信道的优先级越高。Rule 3: The more time-frequency resources a channel occupies, the higher the priority of the channel.
规则4,下行信道的时域位置越靠后,该下行信道的优先级越高;或者,上行信道的时域位置越靠前,该上行信道的优先级越高Rule 4: The lower the time domain position of the downlink channel, the higher the priority of the downlink channel; or the earlier the time domain position of the uplink channel, the higher the priority of the uplink channel
规则1的优先级>规则2的优先级>规则3的优先级>规则4的优先级。The priority of rule 1>the priority of rule 2>the priority of rule 3>the priority of rule 4.
上述示例仅是举例说明,还可以将规则3中的规则替换为包含A3至A10中任意一个信息的规则。规则的顺序可以是预先定义的,也可以是高层信令配置的,本发明不做限定。The above examples are merely illustrative, and the rule in rule 3 can also be replaced with a rule containing any information from A3 to A10. The order of the rules may be pre-defined or configured by high-level signaling, which is not limited in the present invention.
可选的,在通过A1-A10判断出第一下行信道和第二下行信道的优先级,或者判断出第一上行信道和第二上行信道的优先级之后,那么终端设备可以根据下行信道占用时域资 源与上行信道占用时域资源的时间间隔和第一时间间隔阈值,确定优先处理的第一目标信道。可选的,终端设备获取第一时间间隔阈值,其中,所述第一时间间隔阈值可以是预先定义,也可以是网络设备通过高层信令配置的,还可以是网络设备通过下行控制信息指示的。Optionally, after judging the priority of the first downlink channel and the second downlink channel through A1-A10, or judging the priority of the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel, then the terminal device may occupy according to the downlink channel The time interval between the time domain resource and the uplink channel occupying the time domain resource and the first time interval threshold determine the first target channel for priority processing. Optionally, the terminal device obtains the first time interval threshold, where the first time interval threshold may be predefined, or configured by the network device through high-level signaling, or indicated by the network device through downlink control information .
作为一个可选的实施方式,若第二下行信道的优先级高于第一下行信道的优先级,当第二下行信道占用时域资源与第二上行信道占用时域资源的时间间隔大于所述第一时间间隔阈值,那么终端设备可以优先处理第二下行信道,且跳过处理第一下行信道。当第二下行信道占用时域资源与第二上行信道占用时域资源的时间间隔小于或等于所述第一时间间隔阈值,那么终端设备可以优先处理第二下行信道,且处理第一下行信道或处理第一下行信道的部分码块组。As an optional implementation manner, if the priority of the second downlink channel is higher than the priority of the first downlink channel, when the time interval between the second downlink channel occupies time domain resources and the second uplink channel occupies time domain resources is greater than all According to the first time interval threshold, then the terminal device may preferentially process the second downlink channel and skip processing the first downlink channel. When the time interval between the time domain resource occupied by the second downlink channel and the time domain resource occupied by the second uplink channel is less than or equal to the first time interval threshold, the terminal device may preferentially process the second downlink channel and process the first downlink channel Or process part of the code block group of the first downlink channel.
作为另一个可选的实施方式,若第二上行信道的优先级高于第一上行信道的优先级,当第二下行信道占用时域资源与第二上行信道占用时域资源的时间间隔大于所述第一时间间隔阈值,那么终端设备可以优先处理第二上行信道,且跳过处理第一上行信道。当第二下行信道占用时域资源与第二上行信道占用时域资源的时间间隔小于或等于所述第一时间间隔阈值,那么终端设备可以优先处理第二上行信道,且处理第一上行信道。As another optional implementation manner, if the priority of the second uplink channel is higher than the priority of the first uplink channel, when the time interval between the time domain resources occupied by the second downlink channel and the time domain resources occupied by the second uplink channel is greater than all According to the first time interval threshold, the terminal device may preferentially process the second uplink channel and skip processing the first uplink channel. When the time interval between the time domain resource occupied by the second downlink channel and the time domain resource occupied by the second uplink channel is less than or equal to the first time interval threshold, the terminal device may preferentially process the second uplink channel and process the first uplink channel.
其中,信道的时间间隔的定义可以是以下情况中的一种:Among them, the definition of the channel time interval can be one of the following situations:
1、信道A#占用的时域资源的起始符号与信道B#占用的时域资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔;1. The time interval between the start symbol of the time domain resource occupied by channel A# and the start symbol of the time domain resource occupied by channel B#;
2、信道A#占用的时域资源的起始符号与信道B#占用的时域资源的终止符号之间的时间间隔;2. The time interval between the start symbol of the time domain resource occupied by channel A# and the end symbol of the time domain resource occupied by channel B#;
3、信道A#占用的时域资源的终止符号与信道B#占用的时域资源的终止符号之间的时间间隔;3. The time interval between the termination symbol of the time domain resource occupied by channel A# and the termination symbol of the time domain resource occupied by channel B#;
4、信道A#占用的时域资源的终止符号与信道B#占用的时域资源的起始符号之间的时间间隔。4. The time interval between the end symbol of the time domain resource occupied by channel A# and the start symbol of the time domain resource occupied by channel B#.
信道A#为第一下行信道,信道B#为第二下行信道;或者,信道A#为第一上行信道,信道B#为第二上行信道。Channel A# is the first downlink channel, and channel B# is the second downlink channel; or, channel A# is the first uplink channel, and channel B# is the second uplink channel.
网络设备除了可以通过高层信令配置预设规则之外,还可以通过高层信令配置与不按顺序调度相关的其它内容。In addition to configuring preset rules through high-level signaling, network equipment may also configure other content related to out-of-sequence scheduling through high-level signaling.
例如,方法100还可包含以下步骤:For example, the method 100 may further include the following steps:
终端设备接收第一配置信息或第二配置信息,第一配置信息用于指示终端设备对应的多个网络设备之间的回程为理想回程或者用于指示终端设备对应一个网络设备,第二配置信息用于指示终端设备对应的多个网络设备之间的回程为非理想回程。The terminal device receives the first configuration information or the second configuration information. The first configuration information is used to indicate that the backhaul between multiple network devices corresponding to the terminal device is an ideal backhaul or is used to indicate that the terminal device corresponds to a network device, and the second configuration information Used to indicate that the backhaul between multiple network devices corresponding to the terminal device is non-ideal backhaul.
上述网络设备例如可以是TRP。终端设备通过第一配置信息或者第二配置信息即可确定当前网络设备的状态,并根据网络设备的状态选择合适的规则。The aforementioned network device may be a TRP, for example. The terminal device can determine the state of the current network device through the first configuration information or the second configuration information, and select an appropriate rule according to the state of the network device.
例如,若终端设备接收到第一配置信息,则终端设备可以应用以下规则:时域位置靠后的信道的优先级较高;若终端设备接收到第二配置信息,则终端设备可以应用A1-A10中的一个或多个预设规则的组合。For example, if the terminal device receives the first configuration information, the terminal device can apply the following rules: the channel with the lower position in the time domain has a higher priority; if the terminal device receives the second configuration information, the terminal device can apply A1- A combination of one or more preset rules in A10.
上述方案的优点在于:当多个网络设备之间的回程为理想回程时,或者,当终端设备对应一个网络设备时,时域位置靠后的信道必然承载或调度了重要数据,应用时域位置靠 后的信道的优先级较高规则能够避免重要数据被跳过。当多个网络设备之间的回程为非理想回程时,时域位置靠后的信道并不一定承载或调度了重要数据,终端设备根据其他规则判断优先处理的信道,有利于终端设备确定承载更重要信息的信道,有利于提高通信资源的效率。The advantage of the above solution is that when the backhaul between multiple network devices is an ideal backhaul, or when a terminal device corresponds to a network device, the channel with the later position in the time domain must carry or schedule important data, and the time domain position is used The higher priority rules of the lower channels can prevent important data from being skipped. When the backhaul between multiple network devices is non-ideal, the channel located later in the time domain does not necessarily carry or schedule important data. The terminal device judges the channel to be processed first according to other rules, which is beneficial to the terminal device to determine the load. The channel of important information is conducive to improving the efficiency of communication resources.
方法100还可包含以下步骤:The method 100 may also include the following steps:
终端设备接收第三配置信息,第三配置信息用于配置终端设备是否能够执行不按顺序调度。The terminal device receives the third configuration information, and the third configuration information is used to configure whether the terminal device can perform out-of-sequence scheduling.
若终端设备具有执行不按顺序调度的能力,网络设备可以根据实际情况使能或者去使能该能力。If the terminal device has the ability to perform out-of-sequence scheduling, the network device can enable or disable this ability according to the actual situation.
例如,终端设备的电量不足,或者,终端设备当前的负载较重,或者,当前系统中的资源不足,执行不按顺序调度可能会加大终端设备的电量消耗和负载,或者增大系统资源的紧张程度。因此,网络设备可以通过第三配置信息去使能终端设备的不按顺序调度的能力,从而能够有效提高终端设备的续航能力和可靠性。For example, the power of the terminal device is insufficient, or the current load of the terminal device is heavier, or the resources in the current system are insufficient. Performing out-of-sequence scheduling may increase the power consumption and load of the terminal device, or increase the system resources. Tension. Therefore, the network device can use the third configuration information to enable the non-sequential scheduling capability of the terminal device, thereby effectively improving the endurance and reliability of the terminal device.
第三配置信息可以是一个比特位,当该比特位取值为“0”时,表示去使能不按顺序调度的能力;当该比特位取值为“1”时,表示使能不按顺序调度的能力。第三配置信息还可以是其它类型的信息,例如,可以通过不同的前导码序列隐式配置终端设备是否能够执行不按顺序调度。The third configuration information can be a bit. When the value of this bit is "0", it means that the ability to schedule out of order is disabled; when the value of this bit is "1", it means that it is not enabled. The ability of sequential scheduling. The third configuration information may also be other types of information. For example, whether the terminal device can perform out-of-sequence scheduling can be implicitly configured through different preamble sequences.
相应地,终端设备可以向网络设备发送能力信息,该能力信息用于指示终端设备是否支持不按顺序调度。Correspondingly, the terminal device can send capability information to the network device, and the capability information is used to indicate whether the terminal device supports out-of-sequence scheduling.
若终端设备上报的能力信息指示终端设备支持不按顺序调度,则网络设备可以不按顺序调度信道,以便于重要数据能够被尽快传输。若终端设备上报的能力信息指示终端设备支持不按顺序调度,网络设备也可以按顺序调度信道,可选的,网络设备可以发送第三配置信息。If the capability information reported by the terminal device indicates that the terminal device supports scheduling out of order, the network device may schedule channels out of order so that important data can be transmitted as soon as possible. If the capability information reported by the terminal device indicates that the terminal device supports out-of-sequence scheduling, the network device may also schedule the channels in order. Optionally, the network device may send third configuration information.
若终端设备上报的能力信息指示终端设备不支持不按顺序调度,则网络设备可以按顺序调度信道,以保证重要数据的传输可靠性。可选的,网络设备不可以发送第三配置信息,或者网络设备发送第三配置信息用于指示终端设备不能够执行不按顺序调度。If the capability information reported by the terminal device indicates that the terminal device does not support out-of-sequence scheduling, the network device may schedule channels in order to ensure the transmission reliability of important data. Optionally, the network device may not send the third configuration information, or the network device may send the third configuration information to indicate that the terminal device cannot perform out-of-sequence scheduling.
上述不按顺序调度包括:下行数据信道到HARQ信息的不按顺序调度,和/或,下行控制信道到上行数据信道的不按顺序调度。The foregoing non-sequential scheduling includes: non-sequential scheduling from the downlink data channel to HARQ information, and/or non-sequential scheduling from the downlink control channel to the uplink data channel.
当终端设备同时支持上述两种不按顺序调度时,终端设备即支持不区分内容的不按顺序调度。终端设备也只支持一种不按顺序调度,即终端设备可以进一步在能力信息中指示其支持的具体能力,以便于网络设备更加精准地进行调度。例如终端设备上报支持下行数据信道到HARQ信息的不按顺序调度,但终端设备上报不支持下行控制信道到上行数据信道的不按顺序调度。或者,例如终端设备上报不支持下行数据信道到HARQ信息的不按顺序调度,但终端设备上报支持下行控制信道到上行数据信道的不按顺序调度。When the terminal device supports the above two kinds of out-of-sequence scheduling at the same time, the terminal device supports the out-of-sequence scheduling without distinguishing content. The terminal device also supports only one type of non-sequential scheduling, that is, the terminal device can further indicate the specific capabilities that it supports in the capability information, so that the network device can schedule more accurately. For example, the terminal device reports that it supports out-of-sequence scheduling from the downlink data channel to HARQ information, but the terminal device reports that it does not support the out-of-sequence scheduling from the downlink control channel to the uplink data channel. Or, for example, the terminal device reports that it does not support the out-of-sequence scheduling from the downlink data channel to the HARQ information, but the terminal device reports that it supports the out-of-sequence scheduling from the downlink control channel to the uplink data channel.
上文主要介绍了基于两个下行信道的不按顺序调度的场景,或者基于两个上行信道的不按顺序的场景。若网络设备发送了三个或三个以上的下行信道,例如,网络设备还发送了第三下行信道,则终端设备可以进一步确定第三下行信道的优先级,以便于在第一目标信道处理完成后确定是否处理除去第一目标信道以外的信道。例如第一目标信道为第一下行信道,那么终端设备需要进一步确定是否处理第二下行信道和第三下行信道。若网络设 备指示了三个或三个以上的上行信道,例如,网络设备还指示了第三上行信道,则终端设备可以进一步确定第三上行信道的优先级,以便于在第一目标信道处理完成后确定是否处理除去第一目标信道以外的信道。例如第一目标信道为第二上行信道,那么终端设备需要进一步确定是否处理第一上行信道和第三上行信道。The above mainly introduces a scenario based on two downlink channels out of order, or a scenario based on two uplink channels out of order. If the network device sends three or more downlink channels, for example, the network device also sends a third downlink channel, the terminal device can further determine the priority of the third downlink channel, so that the processing can be completed on the first target channel Then it is determined whether to process channels other than the first target channel. For example, the first target channel is the first downlink channel, then the terminal device needs to further determine whether to process the second downlink channel and the third downlink channel. If the network device indicates three or more uplink channels, for example, the network device also indicates the third uplink channel, the terminal device can further determine the priority of the third uplink channel, so as to complete the processing on the first target channel Then it is determined whether to process channels other than the first target channel. For example, the first target channel is the second uplink channel, then the terminal device needs to further determine whether to process the first uplink channel and the third uplink channel.
S130中的第一信道集合还可以包括第三下行信道,方法100还包括:The first channel set in S130 may further include a third downlink channel, and the method 100 may further include:
终端设备在第五时段内接收第三下行信道,第三下行信道与第三上行信道之间存在对应关系,第三上行信道占用第六时段,第五时段位于第二时段之前且位于第六时段之前,第六时段位于第三时段之后。The terminal device receives the third downlink channel in the fifth time period. There is a correspondence between the third downlink channel and the third uplink channel. The third uplink channel occupies the sixth time period, and the fifth time period is located before the second time period and is located in the sixth time period Before, the sixth period was after the third period.
终端设备根据预设规则从第一信道集合中除第一目标信道之外的信道中确定优先处理的第二目标信道。The terminal device determines the second target channel to be processed preferentially from channels other than the first target channel in the first channel set according to a preset rule.
可以将第一信道集合中除第一目标信道之外的信道称为其它信道。若终端设备的处理能力还有剩余,则可以在第一目标信道处理完成后,从其它信道中确定优先处理的信道,即,第二目标信道。Channels other than the first target channel in the first channel set may be referred to as other channels. If the processing capacity of the terminal device still remains, after the processing of the first target channel is completed, the channel to be processed first, that is, the second target channel, may be determined from other channels.
可选地,终端设备可以直接使用确定第一目标信道时使用的规则从其它信道中确定第二目标信道。Optionally, the terminal device may directly determine the second target channel from other channels by using the rule used when determining the first target channel.
可选地,终端设备也可以先确定其它信道的第一信息的取值之和与第一信息的阈值的关系,再确定第二目标信道。Optionally, the terminal device may also first determine the relationship between the sum of the values of the first information of other channels and the threshold of the first information, and then determine the second target channel.
上述第一信息为时频资源、层数和TBS中的至少一种。The foregoing first information is at least one of time-frequency resources, number of layers, and TBS.
以图8为例,时隙2中的PDSCH相当于第一目标信道,时隙0中的PDSCH和时隙1中的PDSCH相当于其它信道。时隙0中的PDSCH占用的时频资源为8个RB,层数为4,TBS为1000比特;时隙1中的PDSCH占用的时频资源为7个RB,层数为2,TBS为500比特;时频资源的阈值为100个RB,层数的阈值为6,TBS的阈值为800比特。Taking FIG. 8 as an example, the PDSCH in time slot 2 is equivalent to the first target channel, and the PDSCH in time slot 0 and the PDSCH in time slot 1 are equivalent to other channels. The time-frequency resource occupied by PDSCH in time slot 0 is 8 RBs, the number of layers is 4, and the TBS is 1000 bits; the time-frequency resource occupied by PDSCH in time slot 1 is 7 RBs, the number of layers is 2, and the TBS is 500 Bit; the threshold of time-frequency resources is 100 RBs, the threshold of the number of layers is 6, and the threshold of TBS is 800 bits.
终端设备可以先确定上述两个PDSCH的时频资源之和是否大于时频资源的阈值,若大于,则需要去除一个或多个PDSCH之后再比较剩余的PDSCH的时频资源之和是否大于时频资源的阈值。The terminal device can first determine whether the sum of the time-frequency resources of the above two PDSCHs is greater than the threshold of the time-frequency resources. If it is greater, it needs to remove one or more PDSCHs before comparing whether the sum of the remaining PDSCHs is greater than the time-frequency resources. Resource threshold.
该两个PDSCH的时频资源之和(15)小于时频资源的阈值(100),因此,终端设备可以再确定该两个PDSCH的层数之和是否大于层数的阈值,若大于,则需要去除一个或多个PDSCH之后再比较剩余的PDSCH的层数之和是否大于层数阈值。The sum (15) of the time-frequency resources of the two PDSCHs is less than the threshold (100) of the time-frequency resources. Therefore, the terminal device can determine whether the sum of the number of layers of the two PDSCHs is greater than the threshold of the number of layers. If it is greater than, then After removing one or more PDSCHs, it is necessary to compare whether the sum of the number of layers of the remaining PDSCH is greater than the number of layers threshold.
该两个PDSCH的层数之和(6)等于层数阈值(6);因此,终端设备可以再确定该两个PDSCH的TBS之和是否大于TBS的阈值,若大于,则需要去除一个或多个PDSCH之后再比较剩余的PDSCH的TBS之和是否大于TBS阈值。The sum of the number of layers of the two PDSCHs (6) is equal to the number of layers threshold (6); therefore, the terminal device can determine whether the sum of the TBS of the two PDSCHs is greater than the threshold of TBS, and if it is greater, one or more layers need to be removed. After each PDSCH, compare whether the sum of the TBS of the remaining PDSCHs is greater than the TBS threshold.
由于该两个PDSCH的TBS之和(1500)大于TBS的阈值(800),因此,为了满足阈值要求,终端设备可以确定时隙1中的PDSCH(TBS为500)为第二目标信道,并解码该PDSCH。时隙0中的PDSCH可以被跳过,也可以等待时隙1中的PDSCH被处理完成后再被处理。Since the sum of the TBS of the two PDSCHs (1500) is greater than the TBS threshold (800), in order to meet the threshold requirement, the terminal device can determine the PDSCH in time slot 1 (TBS is 500) as the second target channel, and decode The PDSCH. The PDSCH in time slot 0 can be skipped, or it can be processed after the PDSCH in time slot 1 is processed.
上述方案仅是一个示例,终端设备也可以根据单一阈值确定其它信道是否能够被全部处理。上述各个阈值的具体数值可以根据终端设备的处理能力设定,即终端设备进行对所能处理的能力进行上报。若终端设备的处理能力较强,则阈值可以设定为较大的数值;若终端设备的处理能力较弱,则阈值可以设定为较小的数值。上述各个阈值的具体数值也可 以是预先定义或高层信令配置。The above solution is only an example, and the terminal device can also determine whether other channels can be processed in all according to a single threshold. The specific numerical value of each of the above thresholds can be set according to the processing capability of the terminal device, that is, the terminal device reports the processing capability of the terminal device. If the processing capability of the terminal device is strong, the threshold can be set to a larger value; if the processing capability of the terminal device is weak, the threshold can be set to a smaller value. The specific values of the above thresholds can also be pre-defined or configured by high-level signaling.
若其它信道的第一信息的取值之和小于或等于第一信息阈值,则终端设备可以根据确定第一目标信道时使用的规则从其它信道中确定第二目标信道,也可以根据不同于第一目标信道时使用的规则从其它信道中确定第二目标信道。若其它信道的第一信息的取值之和大于第一信息阈值,则终端设备从其它信道中去除部分信道后,可以根据确定第一目标信道时使用的规则从剩余的信道中确定第二目标信道,也可以根据不同于第一目标信道时使用的规则从其它信道中确定第二目标信道。本发明中,确定第一目标信道和第二目标信道的规则可以相同,也可以不同,本发明不做限定。If the sum of the values of the first information of other channels is less than or equal to the first information threshold, the terminal device can determine the second target channel from other channels according to the rule used when determining the first target channel, or it can determine the second target channel from other channels according to different The rule used for a target channel determines the second target channel from other channels. If the sum of the values of the first information of other channels is greater than the first information threshold, the terminal device can determine the second target from the remaining channels according to the rules used when determining the first target channel after removing some channels from the other channels Channel, the second target channel can also be determined from other channels according to a rule different from that used when the first target channel is used. In the present invention, the rules for determining the first target channel and the second target channel may be the same or different, which is not limited in the present invention.
作为一个可选的示例,时频资源的阈值可以是一个或多个RB数,例如2-136中的任意一个整数。下面枚举一些RB的阈值,但是,这些数值仅是举例,不应被理解为对本申请的限定,RB的阈值还可以是大于136的正整数。As an optional example, the threshold of the time-frequency resource may be one or more RB numbers, for example, any integer from 2 to 136. Some RB thresholds are enumerated below. However, these values are only examples and should not be construed as limiting the application. The RB threshold may also be a positive integer greater than 136.
2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、11、12、13、14、15、16、17、18、19、20、21、22、23、24、25、26、27、28、29、30、31、32、33、34、35、36、37、38、39、40、41、42、43、44、45、46、47、48、49、50、51、52、53、54、55、56、57、58、59、60、61、62、63、64、65、66、67、68、69、70、71、72、73、74、75、76、77、78、79、80、81、82、83、84、85、86、87、88、89、90、91、92、93、94、95、96、97、98、99、100、101、102、103、104、105、106、107、108、109、110、111、112、113、114、115、116、117、118、119、120、121、122、123、124、125、126、127、128、129、130、131、132、133、134、135、136。2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 127, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136.
作为一个可选的示例,层数的阈值可以是一个或多个层,例如2-8中的任意一个整数。下面枚举一些层数的阈值,但是,这些数值仅是举例,不应被理解为对本申请的限定,层数的阈值还可以是大于8的正整数。As an optional example, the threshold of the number of layers may be one or more layers, for example, any integer in the range of 2-8. The following enumerate some thresholds for the number of layers, but these values are only examples and should not be construed as limiting the application. The threshold for the number of layers can also be a positive integer greater than 8.
2、3、4、5、6、7、8。2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8.
作为一个可选的示例,TBS的阈值为3824,3824*2,3824*3,3824*4,8824,8824*2,8824*3,8824*4,347716,471400,TBS的阈值还可以是大于等于8且小于等于946256的正整数,本申请对TBS的阈值不做限定。As an optional example, the threshold of TBS is 3824, 3824*2, 3824*3, 3824*4, 8824, 8824*2, 8824*3, 8824*4, 347716, 471400, and the threshold of TBS can also be greater than A positive integer equal to 8 and less than or equal to 946256, this application does not limit the threshold of TBS.
下面再举一个确定第二目标信道的例子。Here is another example of determining the second target channel.
第一信息为RB的数量,第一信息的阈值是100个RB,PDSCH1承载的eMBB数据占用的RB数量为8,PDSCH2承载的eMBB数据占用的RB数量为7,PDSCH3承载的eMBB数据占用的RB数量为1,PDSCH4承载的eMBB数据占用的RB数量为90。The first information is the number of RBs, the threshold of the first information is 100 RBs, the number of RBs occupied by eMBB data carried by PDSCH1 is 8, the number of RBs occupied by eMBB data carried by PDSCH2 is 7, and the number of RBs occupied by eMBB data carried by PDSCH3 The number is 1, and the number of RBs occupied by eMBB data carried by PDSCH4 is 90.
终端设备可以根据以下三种方式中的一种确定第二目标信道。The terminal device can determine the second target channel according to one of the following three methods.
方式一,最接近原则。Way one, the closest principle.
其它信道中信道对应的第一信息的取值之和与第一信息的阈值的差值最小的M个信道为优先处理的信道,M为正整数。Among other channels, the M channels with the smallest difference between the sum of the value of the first information corresponding to the channel and the threshold of the first information are the channels for priority processing, and M is a positive integer.
由于PDSCH1、PDSCH2、PDSCH3和PDSCH4对应的RB数量之和106大于RB数量阈值100个RB,并且,PDSCH1、PDSCH3和PDSCH4对应的RB数量之和99最接近RB数量阈值,因此,PDSCH1、PDSCH3和PDSCH4为其它信道中需要被优先处理的第二目标信道。终端设备可以进一步基于确定第一目标信道的规则从这三个信道中确定最先被处理的信道。Since the sum of RB numbers 106 corresponding to PDSCH1, PDSCH2, PDSCH3, and PDSCH4 is greater than the RB number threshold of 100 RBs, and the sum of RB numbers 99 corresponding to PDSCH1, PDSCH3, and PDSCH4 is closest to the RB number threshold, PDSCH1, PDSCH3, and PDSCH4 It is the second target channel that needs to be processed preferentially among other channels. The terminal device may further determine the first channel to be processed from the three channels based on the rule for determining the first target channel.
上述方式能够最大程度地利用终端设备的处理能力。The above method can make the most of the processing capacity of the terminal device.
方式二,小于原则。Method two, less than principle.
其它信道中信道对应的第一信息的取值与第一信息的阈值的差值最大的M个信道为优先处理的信道,M为正整数。Among other channels, the M channels with the largest difference between the value of the first information corresponding to the channel and the threshold of the first information are the channels for priority processing, and M is a positive integer.
由于PDSCH1、PDSCH2、PDSCH3和PDSCH4对应的RB数量之和106大于RB数量阈值100个RB,并且,PDSCH1、PDSCH2和PDSCH3对应的RB数量与RB数量阈值的差值较大,因此,PDSCH1、PDSCH2和PDSCH3为其它信道中需要被优先处理的第二目标信道。终端设备可以进一步基于确定第一目标信道的规则从这三个信道中确定最先被处理的信道。RB数量与RB数量阈值的差值的门限可以根据终端设备的处理能力设定,若终端设备的处理能力较强,则该门限可以设置较大的数值;若终端设备的处理能力较弱,则该门限可以设置较小的数值。差值的门限也可以是预先定义或高层信令配置。Since the sum 106 of the number of RBs corresponding to PDSCH1, PDSCH2, PDSCH3, and PDSCH4 is greater than the RB number threshold of 100 RBs, and the difference between the number of RBs corresponding to PDSCH1, PDSCH2, and PDSCH3 and the RB number threshold is large, PDSCH1, PDSCH2 and PDSCH3 is the second target channel that needs to be processed preferentially among other channels. The terminal device may further determine the first channel to be processed from the three channels based on the rule for determining the first target channel. The threshold of the difference between the number of RBs and the threshold of the number of RBs can be set according to the processing capability of the terminal device. If the processing capability of the terminal device is strong, the threshold can be set to a larger value; if the processing capability of the terminal device is weak, then The threshold can be set to a smaller value. The difference threshold can also be pre-defined or configured by higher layer signaling.
上述方式能够减小终端设备的确定第二目标信道的复杂度。The foregoing method can reduce the complexity of determining the second target channel by the terminal device.
方式三,大于原则。Way three is greater than the principle.
其它信道中信道对应的第一信息的取值与第一信息的阈值的差值最小的M个信道为优先处理的信道,M为正整数。Among other channels, the M channels with the smallest difference between the value of the first information corresponding to the channel and the threshold of the first information are the channels for priority processing, and M is a positive integer.
由于PDSCH1、PDSCH2、PDSCH3和PDSCH4对应的RB数量之和106大于RB数量阈值100个RB,并且,PDSCH4对应的RB数量与RB数量阈值的差值较小,因此,PDSCH4为其它信道中需要被优先处理的第二目标信道。RB数量与RB数量阈值的差值的门限可以根据终端设备的处理能力设定,若终端设备的处理能力较强,则该门限可以设置较大的数值;若终端设备的处理能力较弱,则该门限可以设置较小的数值。差值的门限也可以是预先定义或高层信令配置。Since the sum of the number of RBs corresponding to PDSCH1, PDSCH2, PDSCH3, and PDSCH4 106 is greater than the RB number threshold of 100 RBs, and the difference between the number of RBs corresponding to PDSCH4 and the RB number threshold is small, PDSCH4 needs to be prioritized in other channels The second target channel processed. The threshold of the difference between the number of RBs and the threshold of the number of RBs can be set according to the processing capability of the terminal device. If the processing capability of the terminal device is strong, the threshold can be set to a larger value; if the processing capability of the terminal device is weak, then The threshold can be set to a smaller value. The difference threshold can also be pre-defined or configured by higher layer signaling.
上述方式能够减小终端设备的确定第二目标信道的复杂度。The foregoing method can reduce the complexity of determining the second target channel by the terminal device.
可选地,终端设备在确定第一目标信道之后,还可以根据时间间隔和第一时间间隔阈值确定第二目标信道。即,第一信息可以是时间间隔。Optionally, after determining the first target channel, the terminal device may also determine the second target channel according to the time interval and the first time interval threshold. That is, the first information may be a time interval.
上述时间间隔包括以下情况中的至少一个:第一下行信道占用时域资源与第一上行信道占用时域资源的时间间隔,第二下行信道占用时域资源与第二上行信道占用时域资源的时间间隔,第三下行信道占用时域资源与第三上行信道占用时域资源的时间间隔,第一下行信道占用时域资源与第二下行信道占用时域资源的时间间隔,第二下行信道占用时域资源与第三下行信道占用时域资源的时间间隔,第一下行信道占用时域资源与第三下行信道占用时域资源的时间间隔,第一上行信道占用时域资源与第二上行信道占用时域资源的时间间隔,第二上行信道占用时域资源与第三上行信道占用时域资源的时间间隔,第一上行信道占用时域资源与第三上行信道占用时域资源的时间间隔。The foregoing time interval includes at least one of the following situations: the time interval between the first downlink channel occupies time domain resources and the first uplink channel occupies time domain resources, the second downlink channel occupies time domain resources and the second uplink channel occupies time domain resources The time interval between the time domain resource occupied by the third downlink channel and the time domain resource occupied by the third uplink channel, the time domain resource occupied by the first downlink channel and the time domain resource occupied by the second downlink channel, the second downlink channel The time interval between the time domain resource occupied by the channel and the time domain resource occupied by the third downlink channel, the time interval between the time domain resource occupied by the first downlink channel and the time domain resource occupied by the third downlink channel, and the time domain resource occupied by the first uplink channel 2. The time interval between the time domain resources occupied by the uplink channel, the time interval between the time domain resources occupied by the second uplink channel and the time domain resources occupied by the third uplink channel, the time domain resources occupied by the first uplink channel and the time domain resources occupied by the third uplink channel time interval.
作为一个可选的示例,第一时间间隔阈值可以是一个或多个符号,也可以是一个或多个时隙,也可以是时长为一个或几个毫秒(ms)的时间段。例如,3个符号,3.5个符号,4个符号,4.5个符号,5个符号,5.5个符号,6个符号,6.5个符号,7个符号,7.5个符号,8个符号,8.5个符号,9个符号,9.5个符号,10个符号,10.5个符号,11个符号,11.5个符号,12个符号,12.5个符号,13个符号,13.5个符号,14个符号,1个时隙,2个时隙,3个时隙,4个时隙,5个时隙,6个时隙,7个时隙,8个时隙,0.25ms,0.5ms,1ms。第一时间间隔阈值还可以是其它数值,例如,从14个符号开始,每个0.5个符号取 一个值,直至112个符号。As an optional example, the first time interval threshold may be one or more symbols, or one or more time slots, or a time period of one or several milliseconds (ms). For example, 3 symbols, 3.5 symbols, 4 symbols, 4.5 symbols, 5 symbols, 5.5 symbols, 6 symbols, 6.5 symbols, 7 symbols, 7.5 symbols, 8 symbols, 8.5 symbols, 9 symbols, 9.5 symbols, 10 symbols, 10.5 symbols, 11 symbols, 11.5 symbols, 12 symbols, 12.5 symbols, 13 symbols, 13.5 symbols, 14 symbols, 1 slot, 2 Time slots, 3 time slots, 4 time slots, 5 time slots, 6 time slots, 7 time slots, 8 time slots, 0.25ms, 0.5ms, 1ms. The first time interval threshold may also be other values, for example, starting from 14 symbols, each 0.5 symbol takes a value, up to 112 symbols.
作为一个可选的示例,第一信息还可以是HARQ进程号,HARQ进程号的阈值可以是2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、11、12。HARQ进程号的阈值可以是大于12的正整数。As an optional example, the first information may also be the HARQ process number, and the threshold of the HARQ process number may be 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12. The threshold of the HARQ process number can be a positive integer greater than 12.
可选地,终端设备还可根据第一目标信道对应的第一信息的取值与第一信息的阈值确定是否处理其它信道。Optionally, the terminal device may also determine whether to process other channels according to the value of the first information corresponding to the first target channel and the threshold of the first information.
作为一个可选的实施方式,若第一目标信道对应的第一信息超过第一信息的阈值,那么终端设备优先处理第一目标信道,且跳过处理其它信道。可以理解的,这里的第一信息可以是一个信息,也可以是多个信息的组合。也就是说可以是当多个信息中有一个信息超过了阈值,终端设备则只处理第一目标信道。也可以是当多个信息中所有信息都超过了阈值,终端设备则只处理第一目标信道。上述实施方式的优点在于:当最重要的信道对应的信息超过了阈值,那么可以认为此时终端设备的所有能力都只能处理第一目标信道,而没有其余能力来处理其他信道,这样可以在不按顺序调度场景中使用低成本的终端设备。As an optional implementation manner, if the first information corresponding to the first target channel exceeds the threshold of the first information, the terminal device preferentially processes the first target channel and skips processing other channels. It is understandable that the first information here may be one piece of information or a combination of multiple pieces of information. That is to say, when one of the multiple pieces of information exceeds the threshold, the terminal device only processes the first target channel. It may also be that when all the information in the multiple information exceeds the threshold, the terminal device only processes the first target channel. The advantage of the above implementation is that when the information corresponding to the most important channel exceeds the threshold, it can be considered that all the capabilities of the terminal device can only process the first target channel at this time, and there is no remaining capability to process other channels. Use low-cost terminal equipment in out-of-sequence scheduling scenarios.
作为另一个可选的实施方式,若第一目标信道对应的第一信息没有超过第一信息的阈值,那么终端设备优先处理第一目标信道,且处理上述的第二目标信道。进一步可选的,终端设备跳过处理除去第一目标信道和第二目标信道之外的信道。进一步可选的,此时其他信道对应的第一信息超过所述第一信息的阈值。这里的第一信息可以是一个信息,也可以是多个信息的组合。若第一目标信道对应的至少一个第一信息没有超过阈值,则终端设备还处理第二目标信道。或者,若第一目标信道对应的所有第一信息都没有超过阈值,那么终端设备还处理第二目标信道。上述实施方式的优点在于:当最重要的信道对应的信息没超过阈值,那么可以认为此时终端设备的还有剩余的能力,这样可以提高系统的传输效率。As another optional implementation manner, if the first information corresponding to the first target channel does not exceed the threshold of the first information, the terminal device preferentially processes the first target channel and processes the aforementioned second target channel. Further optionally, the terminal device skips processing channels other than the first target channel and the second target channel. Further optionally, the first information corresponding to the other channels exceeds the threshold of the first information at this time. The first information here may be one piece of information or a combination of multiple pieces of information. If at least one piece of first information corresponding to the first target channel does not exceed the threshold, the terminal device also processes the second target channel. Or, if all the first information corresponding to the first target channel does not exceed the threshold, the terminal device also processes the second target channel. The advantage of the above implementation is that when the information corresponding to the most important channel does not exceed the threshold, it can be considered that the terminal device still has remaining capacity at this time, which can improve the transmission efficiency of the system.
上文主要从终端设备的角度描述了本申请提供的通信方法,网络设备的处理过程与终端设备的处理过程具有对应关系,例如,终端设备从网络设备接收信息,意味着网络设备发送了该信息;终端设备向网络设备发送信息,意味着网络设备从终端设备接收该信息。因此,即使上文个别地方未明确写明网络设备的处理过程,本领域技术人员也可以基于终端设备的处理过程清楚地了解网络设备的处理过程。The above mainly describes the communication method provided by this application from the perspective of the terminal device. The processing procedure of the network device corresponds to the processing procedure of the terminal device. For example, the terminal device receives information from the network device, which means that the network device sends the information. ; The terminal device sends information to the network device, which means that the network device receives the information from the terminal device. Therefore, even if the processing procedure of the network device is not clearly stated in the above individual places, those skilled in the art can clearly understand the processing procedure of the network device based on the processing procedure of the terminal device.
例如,在图14中,终端设备从网络设备接收了第一下行信道和第二下行信道,意味着,网络设备执行了下列步骤:For example, in Figure 14, the terminal device receives the first downlink channel and the second downlink channel from the network device, which means that the network device has performed the following steps:
网络设备在第一时段内发送第一下行信道,所述第一下行信道与第一上行信道之间存在对应关系,所述第一上行信道占用第四时段,所述第四时段位于所述第一时段之后。The network device transmits the first downlink channel in the first time period, and there is a corresponding relationship between the first downlink channel and the first uplink channel. The first uplink channel occupies the fourth time period, and the fourth time period is located in the After the first period.
所述网络设备在第二时段内发送第二下行信道,所述第二下行信道与第二上行信道之间存在对应关系,所述第二上行信道占用第三时段,所述第二时段位于所述第一时段之后且位于所述第三时段之前,所述第三时段位于所述第四时段之前。The network device transmits the second downlink channel in the second time period, and there is a corresponding relationship between the second downlink channel and the second uplink channel, the second uplink channel occupies the third time period, and the second time period is located in the After the first time period and before the third time period, the third time period is before the fourth time period.
网络设备还可以执行下列步骤:The network device can also perform the following steps:
所述网络设备根据预设规则从第一信道集合中确定第一目标信道,所述第一信道集合包括所述第一下行信道和所述第二下行信道,或者,所述第一信道集合包括所述第一上行信道和所述第二上行信道。The network device determines a first target channel from a first channel set according to a preset rule, the first channel set includes the first downlink channel and the second downlink channel, or the first channel set Including the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel.
所述网络设备接收所述第一目标信道或者所述第一目标信道对应的HARQ信息。The network device receives the first target channel or HARQ information corresponding to the first target channel.
因此,应用方法100的网络设备能够根据实际情况确定不同场景中待接收的信道(即, 需要被终端设备优先处理的信道),相比于现有技术中一律接收时间上后调度的信道(或,该信道对应的HARQ信息)的方法,应用方法100的网络设备能够满足紧急数据或者更重要数据的传输需求,从而能够提高重要紧急数据的传输效率。Therefore, the network device applying the method 100 can determine the channel to be received in different scenarios (that is, the channel that needs to be processed preferentially by the terminal device) according to the actual situation, compared with the channel that is scheduled after the reception time (or channel) in the prior art. , The HARQ information corresponding to the channel) method, the network device applying the method 100 can meet the transmission requirements of emergency data or more important data, thereby improving the transmission efficiency of important emergency data.
上文详细介绍了本申请提供的通信方法的示例。下面,将详细介绍本申请提供的实现上述通信方法的通信装置。可以理解的是,通信装置为了实现上述通信方法中的功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The example of the communication method provided by this application is described in detail above. Hereinafter, the communication device provided by the present application for implementing the above communication method will be described in detail. It can be understood that, in order to implement the functions in the above-mentioned communication method, the communication device includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that in combination with the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本申请可以根据上述方法示例对通信装置进行功能单元的划分,例如,可以将各个功能划分为各个功能单元,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个功能单元中。例如,所述通信装置可包括用于执行上述方法示例中确定动作的处理单元、用于实现上述方法示例中接收动作的接收单元和用于实现上述方法示例中发送动作的发送单元。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请中对单元的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The present application may divide the communication device into functional units according to the foregoing method examples. For example, each function may be divided into each functional unit, or two or more functions may be integrated into one functional unit. For example, the communication device may include a processing unit for performing the determined action in the above method example, a receiving unit for implementing the receiving action in the above method example, and a sending unit for implementing the sending action in the above method example. The above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional unit. It should be noted that the division of units in this application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
图15示出了本申请提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。通信装置1500可用于实现上述方法实施例中描述的方法。该通信装置1500可以是芯片、网络设备或终端设备。FIG. 15 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by the present application. The communication device 1500 may be used to implement the methods described in the foregoing method embodiments. The communication device 1500 may be a chip, a network device or a terminal device.
通信装置1500包括一个或多个处理器1501,该一个或多个处理器1501可支持通信装置1500实现图14所对应方法实施例中的方法。处理器1501可以是通用处理器或者专用处理器。例如,处理器1501可以是中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU)或基带处理器。基带处理器可以用于处理通信数据(例如,上文所述的各个信道承载的数据),CPU可以用于对通信装置(例如,网络设备、终端设备或芯片)进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。通信装置1500还可以包括收发单元1505,用以实现信号的输入(接收)和输出(发送)。The communication device 1500 includes one or more processors 1501, and the one or more processors 1501 can support the communication device 1500 to implement the method in the method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 14. The processor 1501 may be a general-purpose processor or a special-purpose processor. For example, the processor 1501 may be a central processing unit (CPU) or a baseband processor. The baseband processor can be used to process communication data (for example, the data carried by the various channels described above), and the CPU can be used to control communication devices (for example, network equipment, terminal equipment, or chips), execute software programs, and process Software program data. The communication device 1500 may further include a transceiving unit 1505 to implement signal input (reception) and output (transmission).
例如,通信装置1500可以是芯片,收发单元1505可以是该芯片的输入和/或输出电路,或者,收发单元1505可以是该芯片的通信接口,该芯片可以作为终端设备或网络设备或其它无线通信设备的组成部分。For example, the communication device 1500 may be a chip, and the transceiver unit 1505 may be the input and/or output circuit of the chip, or the transceiver unit 1505 may be a communication interface of the chip, and the chip may be used as a terminal device or a network device or other wireless communication. Components of equipment.
通信装置1500中可以包括一个或多个存储器1502,其上存有程序1504,程序1504可被处理器1501运行,生成指令1503,使得处理器1501根据指令1503执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。可选地,存储器1502中还可以存储有数据。可选地,处理器1501还可以读取存储器1502中存储的数据(例如,方法100中的各个信道承载的数据),该数据可以与程序1504存储在相同的存储地址,该数据也可以与程序1504存储在不同的存储地址。The communication device 1500 may include one or more memories 1502 with a program 1504 stored thereon. The program 1504 can be run by the processor 1501 to generate instructions 1503 so that the processor 1501 executes the methods described in the foregoing method embodiments according to the instructions 1503. Optionally, the memory 1502 may also store data. Optionally, the processor 1501 may also read data stored in the memory 1502 (for example, data carried by each channel in the method 100). The data may be stored at the same storage address as the program 1504, and the data may also be the same as the program 1504. 1504 is stored in a different storage address.
处理器1501和存储器1502可以单独设置,也可以集成在一起,例如,集成在单板或者系统级芯片(system on chip,SOC)上。The processor 1501 and the memory 1502 may be provided separately or integrated together, for example, integrated on a single board or a system on chip (SOC).
通信装置1500还可以包括收发单元1505以及天线1506。收发单元1505可以称为收发机、收发电路或者收发器,用于通过天线1506实现通信装置的收发功能。The communication device 1500 may further include a transceiver unit 1505 and an antenna 1506. The transceiver unit 1505 may be called a transceiver, a transceiver circuit or a transceiver, and is used to implement the transceiver function of the communication device through the antenna 1506.
在一种可能的设计中,处理器1501用于控制收发单元1505以及天线1506执行:In a possible design, the processor 1501 is used to control the transceiver unit 1505 and the antenna 1506 to execute:
在第一时段内接收第一下行信道,所述第一下行信道与第一上行信道之间存在对应关系,所述第一上行信道占用第四时段,所述第四时段位于所述第一时段之后;The first downlink channel is received in the first time period, there is a corresponding relationship between the first downlink channel and the first uplink channel, the first uplink channel occupies a fourth time period, and the fourth time period is located in the first time period. After a period of time
在第二时段内接收第二下行信道,所述第二下行信道与第二上行信道之间存在对应关系,所述第二上行信道占用第三时段,所述第二时段位于所述第一时段之后且位于所述第三时段之前,所述第三时段位于所述第四时段之前;The second downlink channel is received in the second time period, there is a corresponding relationship between the second downlink channel and the second uplink channel, the second uplink channel occupies a third time period, and the second time period is located in the first time period After and before the third time period, the third time period is before the fourth time period;
处理器1501还用于执行:根据预设规则从第一信道集合中确定优先处理的第一目标信道,所述第一信道集合包括所述第一下行信道和所述第二下行信道,或者,所述第一信道集合包括所述第一上行信道和所述第二上行信道。The processor 1501 is further configured to execute: determining a first target channel for priority processing from a first channel set according to a preset rule, the first channel set including the first downlink channel and the second downlink channel, or , The first channel set includes the first uplink channel and the second uplink channel.
可选地,处理器1501还用于通过收发单元1505以及天线1506执行:Optionally, the processor 1501 is further configured to execute through the transceiver unit 1505 and the antenna 1506:
在第五时段内接收第三下行信道,所述第三下行信道与第三上行信道之间存在对应关系,所述第三上行信道占用第六时段,所述第五时段位于所述第二时段之前且位于所述第六时段之前,所述第六时段位于所述第三时段之后;The third downlink channel is received in the fifth time period, there is a correspondence between the third downlink channel and the third uplink channel, the third uplink channel occupies a sixth time period, and the fifth time period is located in the second time period Before and before the sixth time period, and the sixth time period is after the third time period;
处理器1501还用于执行:根据所述预设规则从第一信道集合中除所述第一目标信道之外的信道中确定优先处理的第二目标信道。The processor 1501 is further configured to execute: according to the preset rule, determine a second target channel to be processed preferentially from channels in the first channel set except the first target channel.
上述预设规则可以参考方法实施例中的相关描述,在此不再赘述。For the foregoing preset rules, reference may be made to related descriptions in the method embodiments, which are not repeated here.
可选地,处理器1501用于通过收发单元1505以及天线1506执行:Optionally, the processor 1501 is configured to execute through the transceiver unit 1505 and the antenna 1506:
接收第一配置信息或第二配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示终端设备对应的多个网络设备之间的回程为理想回程或者用于指示终端设备对应一个网络设备,所述第二配置信息用于指示终端设备对应的多个网络设备之间的回程为非理想回程。Receiving first configuration information or second configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to indicate that the backhaul between multiple network devices corresponding to the terminal device is an ideal backhaul or is used to indicate that the terminal device corresponds to one network device, and the second configuration information The configuration information is used to indicate that the backhaul between multiple network devices corresponding to the terminal device is a non-ideal backhaul.
可选地,处理器1501用于通过收发单元1505以及天线1506执行:Optionally, the processor 1501 is configured to execute through the transceiver unit 1505 and the antenna 1506:
发送能力信息,所述能力信息用于指示终端设备是否支持不按顺序传输。Sending capability information, where the capability information is used to indicate whether the terminal device supports out-of-sequence transmission.
可选地,处理器1501用于通过收发单元1505以及天线1506执行:Optionally, the processor 1501 is configured to execute through the transceiver unit 1505 and the antenna 1506:
接收第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息用于配置终端设备是否能够执行不按顺序传输。Receive third configuration information, where the third configuration information is used to configure whether the terminal device can perform out-of-sequence transmission.
在另一种可能的设计中,处理器1501用于控制收发单元1505以及天线1506执行:In another possible design, the processor 1501 is used to control the transceiver unit 1505 and the antenna 1506 to execute:
在第一时段内发送第一下行信道,所述第一下行信道与第一上行信道之间在对应关系,所述第一上行信道占用第四时段,所述第四时段位于所述第一时段之后;The first downlink channel is sent in the first time period, the first downlink channel and the first uplink channel are in correspondence, the first uplink channel occupies the fourth time period, and the fourth time period is located in the first time period. After a period of time
在第二时段内发送第二下行信道,所述第二下行信道与第二上行信道之间存在对应关系,所述第二上行信道占用第三时段,所述第二时段位于所述第一时段之后且位于所述第三时段之前,所述第三时段位于所述第四时段之前;The second downlink channel is sent in the second time period, and there is a correspondence between the second downlink channel and the second uplink channel, the second uplink channel occupies a third time period, and the second time period is located in the first time period After and before the third time period, the third time period is before the fourth time period;
根据预设规则从第一信道集合中确定第一目标信道,所述第一信道集合包括所述第一下行信道和所述第二下行信道,或者,所述第一信道集合包括所述第一上行信道和所述第二上行信道;The first target channel is determined from a first channel set according to a preset rule, the first channel set includes the first downlink channel and the second downlink channel, or the first channel set includes the first channel An uplink channel and the second uplink channel;
接收所述第一目标信道或者所述第一目标信道对应的混合自动重传请求HARQ信息。Receiving the first target channel or the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ information corresponding to the first target channel.
可选地,所述第一信道集合中除所述第一目标信道之外的信道为其它信道,处理器1501用于通过收发单元1505以及天线1506执行:Optionally, channels other than the first target channel in the first channel set are other channels, and the processor 1501 is configured to execute through the transceiver unit 1505 and the antenna 1506:
接收所述其它信道中部分或全部信道对应的HARQ信息,所述其它信道中部分或全部信道对应的HARQ信息为NACK。The HARQ information corresponding to some or all of the other channels is received, and the HARQ information corresponding to some or all of the other channels is NACK.
可选地,所述第一信道集合还包括第三下行信道,处理器1501用于通过收发单元1505以及天线1506执行:Optionally, the first channel set further includes a third downlink channel, and the processor 1501 is configured to execute through the transceiver unit 1505 and the antenna 1506:
在第五时段内发送第三下行信道,所述第三下行信道与第三上行信道之间存在对应关系,所述第三上行信道占用第六时段,所述第五时段位于所述第二时段之前且位于所述第六时段之前,所述第六时段位于所述第三时段之后;The third downlink channel is sent in the fifth time period, there is a corresponding relationship between the third downlink channel and the third uplink channel, the third uplink channel occupies a sixth time period, and the fifth time period is located in the second time period Before and before the sixth time period, and the sixth time period is after the third time period;
处理器1501还用于执行:The processor 1501 is also used to execute:
根据所述预设规则从第一信道集合中除所述第一目标信道之外的信道中确定第二目标信道;Determining a second target channel from channels other than the first target channel in the first channel set according to the preset rule;
处理器1501还用于通过收发单元1505以及天线1506执行:The processor 1501 is further configured to execute through the transceiver unit 1505 and the antenna 1506:
接收所述第二目标信道或者所述第二目标信道对应的HARQ信息。Receiving the second target channel or HARQ information corresponding to the second target channel.
上述预设规则可以参考方法实施例中的相关描述,在此不再赘述。For the foregoing preset rules, reference may be made to related descriptions in the method embodiments, which are not repeated here.
可选地,处理器1501还用于通过收发单元1505以及天线1506执行:Optionally, the processor 1501 is further configured to execute through the transceiver unit 1505 and the antenna 1506:
发送第一配置信息或第二配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示终端设备对应的多个网络设备之间的回程为理想回程或者用于指示终端设备对应一个网络设备,所述第二配置信息用于指示终端设备对应的多个网络设备之间的回程为非理想回程。Sending the first configuration information or the second configuration information, the first configuration information is used to indicate that the backhaul between multiple network devices corresponding to the terminal device is an ideal backhaul or is used to indicate that the terminal device corresponds to one network device, the second The configuration information is used to indicate that the backhaul between multiple network devices corresponding to the terminal device is a non-ideal backhaul.
可选地,处理器1501还用于通过收发单元1505以及天线1506执行:Optionally, the processor 1501 is further configured to execute through the transceiver unit 1505 and the antenna 1506:
接收能力信息,所述能力信息用于指示终端设备是否支持不按顺序传输。Receive capability information, where the capability information is used to indicate whether the terminal device supports out-of-sequence transmission.
可选地,处理器1501还用于通过收发单元1505以及天线1506执行:Optionally, the processor 1501 is further configured to execute through the transceiver unit 1505 and the antenna 1506:
发送第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息用于配置终端设备是否能够执行不按顺序传输。Send third configuration information, where the third configuration information is used to configure whether the terminal device can perform out-of-sequence transmission.
应理解,方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器1501中的硬件形式的逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。处理器1501可以是CPU、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件,例如,分立门、晶体管逻辑器件或分立硬件组件。It should be understood that each step of the method embodiment may be completed by a logic circuit in the form of hardware or instructions in the form of software in the processor 1501. The processor 1501 can be a CPU, a digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices , For example, discrete gates, transistor logic devices, or discrete hardware components.
本申请还提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品被处理器1501执行时实现本申请中任一方法实施例所述的通信方法。This application also provides a computer program product, which, when executed by the processor 1501, implements the communication method described in any method embodiment in this application.
该计算机程序产品可以存储在存储器1502中,例如是程序1504,程序1504经过预处理、编译、汇编和链接等处理过程最终被转换为能够被处理器1501执行的可执行目标文件。The computer program product may be stored in the memory 1502, for example, a program 1504. The program 1504 is finally converted into an executable object file that can be executed by the processor 1501 after preprocessing, compilation, assembly, and linking.
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序被计算机执行时实现本申请中任一方法实施例所述的通信方法。该计算机程序可以是高级语言程序,也可以是可执行目标程序。This application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the communication method described in any method embodiment in this application is implemented. The computer program can be a high-level language program or an executable target program.
该计算机可读存储介质例如是存储器1502。存储器1502可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或者,存储器1502可以同时包括易失性存储器和非易失性存储器。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性 但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。The computer-readable storage medium is, for example, the memory 1502. The memory 1502 may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or the memory 1502 may include both a volatile memory and a non-volatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), and electronic Erase programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of exemplary but not restrictive description, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) And direct memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
在通信装置1500为终端设备的情况下,图16示出了本申请提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图。该终端设备1600可适用于图1所示的系统中,实现上述方法实施例中终端设备的功能。为了便于说明,图16仅示出了终端设备的主要部件。In the case where the communication apparatus 1500 is a terminal device, FIG. 16 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided in this application. The terminal device 1600 can be applied to the system shown in FIG. 1 to realize the functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiment. For ease of description, FIG. 16 only shows the main components of the terminal device.
如图16所示,终端设备1600包括处理器、存储器、控制电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及用于对整个终端设备进行控制。例如,处理器通过天线和控制电路接收第一指示信息和第二指示信息。存储器主要用于存储程序和数据,例如存储通信协议和待发送数据。控制电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。控制电路和天线一起也可以叫做收发器,主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置例如是触摸屏或键盘,主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。As shown in FIG. 16, the terminal device 1600 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device. The processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the entire terminal device. For example, the processor receives the first instruction information and the second instruction information through the antenna and the control circuit. The memory is mainly used to store programs and data, such as storing communication protocols and data to be sent. The control circuit is mainly used for the conversion of baseband signals and radio frequency signals and the processing of radio frequency signals. The control circuit and the antenna together can also be called a transceiver, which is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. The input and output device is, for example, a touch screen or a keyboard, and is mainly used to receive data input by the user and output data to the user.
当终端设备开机后,处理器可以读取存储器中的程序,解释并执行该程序所包含的指令,处理程序中的数据。当需要通过天线发送信息时,处理器对待发送的信息进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后得到射频信号,并将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当承载信息的电磁波(即,射频信号)到达终端设备时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为信息并对该信息进行处理。When the terminal device is turned on, the processor can read the program in the memory, interpret and execute the instructions contained in the program, and process the data in the program. When information needs to be sent through an antenna, the processor performs baseband processing on the information to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit performs radio frequency processing on the baseband signal to obtain a radio frequency signal, and transmits the radio frequency signal to the antenna in the form of electromagnetic waves. Send outside. When the electromagnetic wave (ie, radio frequency signal) carrying information reaches the terminal equipment, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into information And process the information.
本领域技术人员可以理解,为了便于说明,图16仅示出了一个存储器和一个处理器。在实际的终端设备中,可以存在多个处理器和多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等,本申请对此不做限定。Those skilled in the art can understand that, for ease of description, FIG. 16 only shows one memory and one processor. In an actual terminal device, there may be multiple processors and multiple memories. The memory may also be called a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in this application.
作为一种可选的实现方式,图16中的处理器可以集成基带处理器和CPU的功能,本领域技术人员可以理解,基带处理器和CPU也可以是各自独立的处理器,通过总线等技术互联。本领域技术人员可以理解,终端设备可以包括多个基带处理器以适应不同的网络制式,终端设备可以包括多个CPU以增强其处理能力,终端设备的各个部件可以通过各种总线连接。基带处理器也可以被称为基带处理电路或者基带处理芯片。CPU也可以被称为中央处理电路或者中央处理芯片。对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理的功能可以内置在处理器中,也可以以程序的形式存储在存储器中,由处理器执行存储器中的程序以实现基带处理功能。As an optional implementation, the processor in FIG. 16 can integrate the functions of the baseband processor and the CPU. Those skilled in the art can understand that the baseband processor and the CPU can also be independent processors, using technologies such as buses. interconnected. Those skilled in the art can understand that the terminal device may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the terminal device may include multiple CPUs to enhance its processing capabilities, and various components of the terminal device may be connected through various buses. The baseband processor may also be referred to as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip. The CPU may also be called a central processing circuit or a central processing chip. The function of processing the communication protocol and the communication data may be built in the processor, or stored in the memory in the form of a program, and the processor executes the program in the memory to realize the baseband processing function.
在本申请中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和控制电路视为终端设备1600的收发单元1601,用于支持终端设备实现方法实施例中的接收功能,或者,用于支持终端设备实现方法实施例中的发送功能。将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备1600的处理单元1602。如图16所示,终端设备1600包括收发单元1601和处理单元1602。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。可选地,可以将收发单元1601中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元1601中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单 元1601包括接收单元和发送单元,接收单元也可以称为接收机、输入口、接收电路等,发送单元可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。In this application, the antenna and control circuit with the transceiver function can be regarded as the transceiver unit 1601 of the terminal device 1600, which is used to support the terminal device to implement the receiving function in the method embodiment, or to support the terminal device to implement the method embodiment. Send function in. The processor with processing function is regarded as the processing unit 1602 of the terminal device 1600. As shown in FIG. 16, the terminal device 1600 includes a transceiver unit 1601 and a processing unit 1602. The transceiver unit may also be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver, and so on. Optionally, the device for implementing the receiving function in the transceiver unit 1601 can be regarded as the receiving unit, and the device for implementing the sending function in the transceiver unit 1601 can be regarded as the sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 1601 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit, The receiving unit may also be called a receiver, an input port, a receiving circuit, etc., and the sending unit may be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit, etc.
处理器1602可用于执行存储器存储的程序,以控制收发单元1601接收信号和/或发送信号,完成上述方法实施例中终端设备的功能。作为一种实现方式,收发单元1601的功能可以考虑通过收发电路或者收发专用芯片实现。The processor 1602 may be used to execute a program stored in the memory to control the transceiver unit 1601 to receive signals and/or send signals, and complete the functions of the terminal device in the foregoing method embodiments. As an implementation manner, the function of the transceiver unit 1601 may be implemented by a transceiver circuit or a dedicated chip for transceiver.
在通信装置1500为网络设备的情况下,图17是本申请提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图,该网络设备例如可以为基站。如图17所示,该基站可应用于如图1所示的系统中,实现上述方法实施例中网络设备的功能。基站1700可包括一个或多个射频单元,如远端射频单元(remote radio unit,RRU)1701和至少一个基带单元(baseband unit,BBU)1702。其中,BBU1702可以包括分布式单元(distributed unit,DU),也可以包括DU和集中单元(central unit,CU)。In the case where the communication device 1500 is a network device, FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device provided in this application, and the network device may be, for example, a base station. As shown in Fig. 17, the base station can be applied to the system shown in Fig. 1 to realize the function of the network device in the above method embodiment. The base station 1700 may include one or more radio frequency units, such as a remote radio unit (RRU) 1701 and at least one baseband unit (BBU) 1702. Among them, the BBU 1702 may include a distributed unit (DU), or may include a DU and a centralized unit (CU).
RRU1701可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路或者收发器,其可以包括至少一个天线17011和射频单元17012。RRU1701主要用于射频信号的收发以及射频信号与基带信号的转换,例如用于支持基站实现方法实施例中的发送功能和接收功能。BBU1702主要用于进行基带处理,对基站进行控制等。RRU1701与BBU1702可以是物理上设置在一起的,也可以物理上分离设置的,即分布式基站。The RRU 1701 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, and it may include at least one antenna 17011 and a radio frequency unit 17012. The RRU1701 is mainly used for the transceiver of radio frequency signals and the conversion of radio frequency signals and baseband signals, for example, for supporting the base station to implement the sending and receiving functions in the method embodiments. BBU1702 is mainly used for baseband processing and control of base stations. The RRU 1701 and the BBU 1702 can be physically set together, or physically separated, that is, a distributed base station.
BBU1702也可以称为处理单元,主要用于完成基带处理功能,如信道编码,复用,调制,扩频等等。例如,BBU1702可以用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中关于网络设备的操作流程。The BBU1702 can also be called a processing unit, which is mainly used to complete baseband processing functions, such as channel coding, multiplexing, modulation, and spreading. For example, the BBU 1702 may be used to control the base station to execute the operation procedure of the network device in the foregoing method embodiment.
BBU1702可以由一个或多个单板构成,多个单板可以共同支持单一接入制式的无线接入网,也可以分别支持不同接入制式的无线接入网。BBU1702还包括存储器17021和处理器17022,存储器17021用于存储必要的指令和数据。例如,存储器17021存储上述方法实施例中的各种指信息。处理器17022用于控制基站进行必要的动作,例如,用于控制基站执行上述方法实施例中的操作流程。存储器17021和处理器17022可以服务于一个或多个单板。也就是说,可以每个单板上单独设置存储器和处理器。也可以是多个单板共用相同的存储器和处理器。此外每个单板上还可以设置有必要的电路。The BBU 1702 can be composed of one or more single boards, and multiple single boards can jointly support a wireless access network of a single access standard, or can respectively support wireless access networks of different access standards. The BBU 1702 also includes a memory 17021 and a processor 17022. The memory 17021 is used to store necessary instructions and data. For example, the memory 17021 stores various finger information in the foregoing method embodiment. The processor 17022 is configured to control the base station to perform necessary actions, for example, to control the base station to perform the operation procedures in the foregoing method embodiments. The memory 17021 and the processor 17022 may serve one or more boards. In other words, the memory and the processor can be set separately on each board. It can also be that multiple boards share the same memory and processor. In addition, necessary circuits can be provided on each board.
需要说明的是,图17所示的基站仅是一个示例,适用于本申请的网络设备还可以是有源天线系统(active antenna system,AAS)中的有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU)。It should be noted that the base station shown in FIG. 17 is only an example, and the network device applicable to this application may also be an active antenna unit (AAU) in an active antenna system (AAS) .
本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为了描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device, and unit may refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的方法实施例的一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统。另外,各单元之间的耦合或各个组件之间的耦合可以是直接耦合,也可以是间接耦合,上述耦合包括电的、机械的或其它形式的连接。In the several embodiments provided in this application, the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, some features of the method embodiments described above may be ignored or not implemented. The device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. The division of units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods, and multiple units or components may be combined or integrated into another system. In addition, the coupling between the units or the coupling between the components may be direct coupling or indirect coupling, and the foregoing coupling includes electrical, mechanical, or other forms of connection.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请的实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that in the various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence number of each process does not mean the order of execution. The execution order of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not correspond to the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any limitation.
在本申请的各个实施例中,如果没有特殊说明以及逻辑冲突,不同的实施例之间的术语和/或描述具有一致性、且可以相互引用,不同的实施例中的技术特征根据其内在的逻辑关系可以组合形成新的实施例。In the various embodiments of this application, if there is no special description and logical conflict, the terms and/or descriptions between different embodiments are consistent and can be mutually cited. The technical features in different embodiments are based on their inherent Logical relationships can be combined to form new embodiments.
另外,本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常被可互换使用。本文中的术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。In addition, the terms "system" and "network" in this article are often used interchangeably in this article. The term "and/or" in this article is only an association relationship describing associated objects, which means that there can be three types of relationships. For example, A and/or B can mean that there is A alone, and both A and B exist. There are three cases of B. In addition, the character "/" in this text generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship.
总之,以上所述仅为本申请技术方案的较佳实施例而已,并非用于限定本申请的保护范围。凡在本申请的精神和原则之内,所作的任何修改、等同替换、改进等,均应包含在本申请的保护范围之内。In short, the above descriptions are only preferred embodiments of the technical solutions of the present application, and are not used to limit the protection scope of the present application. Any modification, equivalent replacement, improvement, etc. made within the spirit and principle of this application shall be included in the protection scope of this application.

Claims (28)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    在第一时段内接收第一下行信道,所述第一下行信道与第一上行信道之间存在对应关系,所述第一上行信道占用第四时段,所述第四时段位于所述第一时段之后;The first downlink channel is received in the first time period, there is a corresponding relationship between the first downlink channel and the first uplink channel, the first uplink channel occupies a fourth time period, and the fourth time period is located in the first time period. After a period of time
    在第二时段内接收第二下行信道,所述第二下行信道与第二上行信道之间存在对应关系,所述第二上行信道占用第三时段,所述第二时段位于所述第一时段之后且位于所述第三时段之前,所述第三时段位于所述第四时段之前;The second downlink channel is received in the second time period, there is a corresponding relationship between the second downlink channel and the second uplink channel, the second uplink channel occupies a third time period, and the second time period is located in the first time period After and before the third time period, the third time period is before the fourth time period;
    根据预设规则从第一信道集合中确定优先处理的第一目标信道,所述第一信道集合包括所述第一下行信道和所述第二下行信道,或者,所述第一信道集合包括所述第一上行信道和所述第二上行信道。The first target channel to be processed preferentially is determined from a first channel set according to a preset rule, the first channel set includes the first downlink channel and the second downlink channel, or the first channel set includes The first uplink channel and the second uplink channel.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设规则包括以下信息中的至少一种:The method according to claim 1, wherein the preset rule includes at least one of the following information:
    所述第一信道集合中信道对应的下行控制信道指示的优先级信息或者所述第一信道集合中信道所指示的优先级信息;Priority information indicated by a downlink control channel corresponding to a channel in the first channel set or priority information indicated by a channel in the first channel set;
    所述第一信道集合中信道对应的时频资源;The time-frequency resource corresponding to the channel in the first channel set;
    所述第一信道集合中信道对应的层数;The number of layers corresponding to channels in the first channel set;
    所述第一信道集合中信道对应的误块率;The block error rate corresponding to the channel in the first channel set;
    所述第一信道集合中信道承载的传输块大小TBS;The transport block size TBS carried by the channels in the first channel set;
    所述第一信道集合中信道承载的上行控制信息UCI的类型;The type of uplink control information UCI carried by the channels in the first channel set;
    所述第一信道集合中信道对应的下行控制信道指示的混合自动重传请求HARQ进程号;The hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ process number indicated by the downlink control channel corresponding to the channel in the first channel set;
    所述第一信道集合中信道对应的传输次数;The number of transmissions corresponding to channels in the first channel set;
    所述第一下行信道的时域位置与所述第二下行信道的时域位置;The time domain position of the first downlink channel and the time domain position of the second downlink channel;
    所述第一上行信道的时域位置与所述第二上行信道的时域位置。The time domain position of the first uplink channel and the time domain position of the second uplink channel.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信道集合还包括第三下行信道,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first channel set further includes a third downlink channel, and the method further includes:
    在第五时段内接收第三下行信道,所述第三下行信道与第三上行信道之间存在对应关系,所述第三上行信道占用第六时段,所述第五时段位于所述第二时段之前且位于所述第六时段之前,所述第六时段位于所述第三时段之后;The third downlink channel is received in the fifth time period, there is a correspondence between the third downlink channel and the third uplink channel, the third uplink channel occupies a sixth time period, and the fifth time period is located in the second time period Before and before the sixth time period, and the sixth time period is after the third time period;
    根据所述预设规则从第一信道集合中除所述第一目标信道之外的信道中确定优先处理的第二目标信道。According to the preset rule, the second target channel to be processed preferentially is determined from channels other than the first target channel in the first channel set.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信道集合中除所述第一目标信道之外的信道为其它信道,所述预设规则包括以下信息中的至少一种:The method according to claim 3, wherein the channels in the first channel set except the first target channel are other channels, and the preset rule includes at least one of the following information:
    所述其它信道中信道对应的下行控制信道指示的优先级信息或者所述其它信道中信道指示的优先级信息;Priority information indicated by the downlink control channel corresponding to the channel in the other channel or priority information indicated by the channel in the other channel;
    所述其它信道中信道对应的时频资源;The time-frequency resources corresponding to the channels in the other channels;
    所述其它信道中信道对应的层数;The number of layers corresponding to the channels in the other channels;
    所述其它信道中信道对应的误块率;The block error rate corresponding to the channel in the other channel;
    所述其它信道中信道承载的TBS;The TBS carried by the channel in the other channel;
    所述其它信道中信道承载的UCI的类型;The type of UCI carried by the channel in the other channel;
    所述其它信道中信道对应的下行控制信道指示的HARQ进程号;The HARQ process number indicated by the downlink control channel corresponding to the channel in the other channels;
    所述其它信道中信道对应的传输次数;The number of transmissions corresponding to the channel in the other channels;
    所述其它信道中信道对应的时域位置。The time domain position corresponding to the channel in the other channels.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设规则包括:所述其它信道中信道对应的第一信息的取值之和与所述第一信息的阈值的差值最小的信道为优先处理的信道;The method according to claim 4, wherein the preset rule comprises: the channel with the smallest difference between the sum of the values of the first information corresponding to the channels in the other channels and the threshold of the first information Is the priority channel;
    所述第二目标信道为所述其它信道中满足所述预设规则的M个信道,所述M个信道对应的所述第一信息的取值之和小于所述第一信息的阈值,所述M为正整数,所述第一信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:所述时频资源、所述层数和所述TBS。The second target channel is M channels satisfying the preset rule among the other channels, and the sum of the values of the first information corresponding to the M channels is less than the threshold of the first information, so The M is a positive integer, and the first information includes at least one of the following information: the time-frequency resource, the number of layers, and the TBS.
  6. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设规则包括:所述其它信道中信道对应的第一信息的取值与所述第一信息的阈值的差值最大或最小的信道为优先处理的信道,所述第一信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:所述时频资源、所述层数和所述TBS;The method according to claim 4, wherein the preset rule comprises: the channel with the largest or smallest difference between the value of the first information corresponding to the channel in the other channels and the threshold of the first information Is a channel for priority processing, the first information includes at least one of the following information: the time-frequency resource, the number of layers, and the TBS;
    所述第二目标信道为所述其它信道中满足所述预设规则的M个信道,所述M个信道对应的所述参数小于所述参数的阈值,所述M为正整数。The second target channels are M channels satisfying the preset rule among the other channels, the parameters corresponding to the M channels are less than the threshold value of the parameter, and the M is a positive integer.
  7. 根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收第一配置信息或第二配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示终端设备对应的多个网络设备之间的回程为理想回程或者用于指示终端设备对应一个网络设备,所述第二配置信息用于指示终端设备对应的多个网络设备之间的回程为非理想回程。Receiving first configuration information or second configuration information, where the first configuration information is used to indicate that the backhaul between multiple network devices corresponding to the terminal device is an ideal backhaul or is used to indicate that the terminal device corresponds to one network device, and the second configuration information The configuration information is used to indicate that the backhaul between multiple network devices corresponding to the terminal device is a non-ideal backhaul.
  8. 根据权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the method further comprises:
    发送能力信息,所述能力信息用于指示终端设备是否支持不按顺序传输。Sending capability information, where the capability information is used to indicate whether the terminal device supports out-of-sequence transmission.
  9. 根据权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息用于配置终端设备是否能够执行不按顺序传输。Receive third configuration information, where the third configuration information is used to configure whether the terminal device can perform out-of-sequence transmission.
  10. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述不按顺序传输包括:下行数据信道到HARQ信息的不按顺序传输,和/或,下行控制信道到上行数据信道的不按顺序传输。The method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the out-of-sequence transmission comprises: out-of-sequence transmission from downlink data channel to HARQ information, and/or out-of-sequence transmission from downlink control channel to uplink data channel transmission.
  11. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    在第一时段内发送第一下行信道,所述第一下行信道与第一上行信道之间存在对应关系,所述第一上行信道占用第四时段,所述第四时段位于所述第一时段之后;The first downlink channel is sent in the first time period, there is a corresponding relationship between the first downlink channel and the first uplink channel, the first uplink channel occupies a fourth time period, and the fourth time period is located in the first After a period of time
    在第二时段内发送第二下行信道,所述第二下行信道与第二上行信道之间存在对应关系,所述第二上行信道占用第三时段,所述第二时段位于所述第一时段之后且位于所述第三时段之前,所述第三时段位于所述第四时段之前;The second downlink channel is sent in the second time period, and there is a correspondence between the second downlink channel and the second uplink channel, the second uplink channel occupies a third time period, and the second time period is located in the first time period After and before the third time period, the third time period is before the fourth time period;
    根据预设规则从第一信道集合中确定第一目标信道,所述第一信道集合包括所述第一下行信道和所述第二下行信道,或者,所述第一信道集合包括所述第一上行信道和所述第二上行信道;The first target channel is determined from a first channel set according to a preset rule, the first channel set includes the first downlink channel and the second downlink channel, or the first channel set includes the first channel An uplink channel and the second uplink channel;
    接收所述第一目标信道或者所述第一目标信道对应的混合自动重传请求HARQ信息。Receiving the first target channel or the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ information corresponding to the first target channel.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信道集合中除所述第一目标信道之外的信道为其它信道,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 11, wherein the channels in the first channel set other than the first target channel are other channels, and the method further comprises:
    接收所述其它信道中部分或全部信道对应的HARQ信息,所述其它信道中部分或全部信道对应的HARQ信息为否定应答NACK。The HARQ information corresponding to some or all of the other channels is received, and the HARQ information corresponding to some or all of the other channels is a negative acknowledgement NACK.
  13. 根据权利要求11或12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设规则包括以下信息中的至少一种:The method according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the preset rule includes at least one of the following information:
    所述第一信道集合中信道对应的优先级信息;Priority information corresponding to channels in the first channel set;
    所述第一信道集合中信道对应的时频资源;The time-frequency resource corresponding to the channel in the first channel set;
    所述第一信道集合中信道对应的层数;The number of layers corresponding to channels in the first channel set;
    所述第一信道集合中信道对应的误块率;The block error rate corresponding to the channel in the first channel set;
    所述第一信道集合中信道承载的传输块大小TBS;The transport block size TBS carried by the channels in the first channel set;
    所述第一信道集合中信道承载的上行控制信息UCI的类型;The type of uplink control information UCI carried by the channels in the first channel set;
    所述第一信道集合中信道对应的混合自动重传请求HARQ进程号;The HARQ process ID of the hybrid automatic repeat request corresponding to the channel in the first channel set;
    所述第一信道集合中信道对应的传输次数;The number of transmissions corresponding to channels in the first channel set;
    所述第一下行信道的时域位置与所述第二下行信道的时域位置;The time domain position of the first downlink channel and the time domain position of the second downlink channel;
    所述第一上行信道的时域位置与所述第二上行信道的时域位置。The time domain position of the first uplink channel and the time domain position of the second uplink channel.
  14. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信道集合还包括第三下行信道,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 11, wherein the first channel set further comprises a third downlink channel, and the method further comprises:
    在第五时段内发送第三下行信道,所述第三下行信道与第三上行信道之间存在对应关系,所述第三上行信道占用第六时段,所述第五时段位于所述第二时段之前且位于所述第六时段之前,所述第六时段位于所述第三时段之后;The third downlink channel is sent in the fifth time period, there is a corresponding relationship between the third downlink channel and the third uplink channel, the third uplink channel occupies a sixth time period, and the fifth time period is located in the second time period Before and before the sixth time period, and the sixth time period is after the third time period;
    根据所述预设规则从第一信道集合中除所述第一目标信道之外的信道中确定第二目标信道;Determining a second target channel from channels other than the first target channel in the first channel set according to the preset rule;
    接收所述第二目标信道或者所述第二目标信道对应的HARQ信息。Receiving the second target channel or HARQ information corresponding to the second target channel.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信道集合中除所述第一目标信道之外的信道为其它信道,所述预设规则包括以下信息中的至少一种:The method according to claim 14, wherein the channels in the first channel set except the first target channel are other channels, and the preset rule includes at least one of the following information:
    所述其它信道中信道对应的优先级信息;Priority information corresponding to channels in the other channels;
    所述其它信道中信道对应的时频资源;The time-frequency resources corresponding to the channels in the other channels;
    所述其它信道中信道对应的层数;The number of layers corresponding to the channels in the other channels;
    所述其它信道中信道对应的误块率;The block error rate corresponding to the channel in the other channel;
    所述其它信道中信道承载的TBS;The TBS carried by the channel in the other channel;
    所述其它信道中信道承载的UCI的类型;The type of UCI carried by the channel in the other channel;
    所述其它信道中信道对应的HARQ进程号;HARQ process numbers corresponding to channels in the other channels;
    所述其它信道中信道对应的传输次数;The number of transmissions corresponding to the channel in the other channels;
    所述其它信道中信道对应的时域位置。The time domain position corresponding to the channel in the other channels.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设规则包括:所述其它信道中信道对应的第一信息的取值之和与所述第一信息的阈值的差值最小的信道为优先处理的信道;The method according to claim 15, wherein the preset rule comprises: the channel with the smallest difference between the sum of the values of the first information corresponding to the channels in the other channels and the threshold of the first information Is the priority channel;
    所述第二目标信道为所述其它信道中满足所述预设规则的M个信道,所述M个信道 对应的所述第一信息的取值之和小于所述第一信息的阈值,所述M为正整数,所述第一信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:所述时频资源、所述层数和所述TBS。The second target channel is M channels satisfying the preset rule among the other channels, and the sum of the values of the first information corresponding to the M channels is less than the threshold of the first information, so The M is a positive integer, and the first information includes at least one of the following information: the time-frequency resource, the number of layers, and the TBS.
  17. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述预设规则包括:所述其它信道中信道对应的第一信息的取值与所述第一信息的阈值的差值最大或最小的信道为优先处理的信道,所述第一信息包括以下信息中的至少一种:所述时频资源、所述层数和所述TBS;The method according to claim 15, wherein the preset rule comprises: the channel with the largest or smallest difference between the value of the first information corresponding to the channel in the other channels and the threshold of the first information Is a channel for priority processing, the first information includes at least one of the following information: the time-frequency resource, the number of layers, and the TBS;
    所述第二目标信道为所述其它信道中满足所述预设规则的M个信道,所述M个信道对应的所述参数小于所述参数的阈值,所述M为正整数。The second target channels are M channels satisfying the preset rule among the other channels, the parameters corresponding to the M channels are less than the threshold value of the parameter, and the M is a positive integer.
  18. 根据权利要求11至17中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 11 to 17, wherein the method further comprises:
    发送第一配置信息或第二配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于指示终端设备对应的多个网络设备之间的回程为理想回程或者用于指示终端设备对应一个网络设备,所述第二配置信息用于指示终端设备对应的多个网络设备之间的回程为非理想回程。Sending the first configuration information or the second configuration information, the first configuration information is used to indicate that the backhaul between multiple network devices corresponding to the terminal device is an ideal backhaul or is used to indicate that the terminal device corresponds to one network device, the second The configuration information is used to indicate that the backhaul between multiple network devices corresponding to the terminal device is a non-ideal backhaul.
  19. 根据权利要求11至18中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 11 to 18, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收能力信息,所述能力信息用于指示终端设备是否支持不按顺序传输。Receive capability information, where the capability information is used to indicate whether the terminal device supports out-of-sequence transmission.
  20. 根据权利要求11至19中任一所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 11 to 19, wherein the method further comprises:
    发送第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息用于配置终端设备是否能够执行不按顺序传输。Send third configuration information, where the third configuration information is used to configure whether the terminal device can perform out-of-sequence transmission.
  21. 根据权利要求19或20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述不按顺序传输包括:下行数据信道到HARQ信息的不按顺序传输,和/或,下行控制信道到上行数据信道的不按顺序传输。The method according to claim 19 or 20, wherein the out-of-sequence transmission comprises: out-of-sequence transmission from downlink data channel to HARQ information, and/or out-of-sequence transmission from downlink control channel to uplink data channel transmission.
  22. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求1至10中任一项所述方法的模块。A communication device, characterized by comprising a module for executing the method according to any one of claims 1 to 10.
  23. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求11至21中任一项所述的方法的模块。A communication device, characterized by comprising a module for executing the method according to any one of claims 11-21.
  24. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和接口电路,所述接口电路用于接收来自所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信号并传输至所述处理器或将来自所述处理器的信号发送给所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置,所述处理器通过逻辑电路或执行代码指令用于实现如权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, which is characterized by comprising a processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit is used to receive signals from other communication devices other than the communication device and transmit them to the processor or transfer signals from the processor The signal of is sent to another communication device other than the communication device, and the processor is used to implement the method according to any one of claims 1 to 10 through a logic circuit or executing code instructions.
  25. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和接口电路,所述接口电路用于接收来自所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置的信号并传输至所述处理器或将来自所述处理器的信号发送给所述通信装置之外的其它通信装置,所述处理器通过逻辑电路或执行代码指令用于实现如权利要求11至21中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, which is characterized by comprising a processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit is used to receive signals from other communication devices other than the communication device and transmit them to the processor or transfer signals from the processor The signal of is sent to other communication devices other than the communication device, and the processor is used to implement the method according to any one of claims 11 to 21 through a logic circuit or an execution code instruction.
  26. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述存储介质中存储有程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被运行时,实现如权利要求1至10,或11至21中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a program or instruction is stored in the storage medium, and when the program or instruction is executed, it realizes as described in any one of claims 1 to 10, or 11 to 21 The method described.
  27. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品包括程序或指令,当所述程序或指令被运行时,实现如权利要求1至10,或11至21中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that, the computer program product includes a program or instruction, and when the program or instruction is executed, the method according to any one of claims 1 to 10 or 11 to 21 is realized .
  28. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,包括如权利要求22或24所述的通信装置,和如权利要求23或25所述的通信装置。A communication system, characterized by comprising the communication device according to claim 22 or 24, and the communication device according to claim 23 or 25.
PCT/CN2020/081175 2019-03-29 2020-03-25 Communication method and communication device WO2020200012A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910253504.7A CN111757519B (en) 2019-03-29 2019-03-29 Communication method and communication device
CN201910253504.7 2019-03-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020200012A1 true WO2020200012A1 (en) 2020-10-08

Family

ID=72664548

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/081175 WO2020200012A1 (en) 2019-03-29 2020-03-25 Communication method and communication device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN111757519B (en)
WO (1) WO2020200012A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115529630A (en) * 2022-11-29 2022-12-27 广州世炬网络科技有限公司 Composite communication system and method

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112822000B (en) * 2021-01-19 2022-07-15 深圳市联诚发科技股份有限公司 Control method of intelligent LED display screen based on 5g control system and intelligent LED display screen

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106797283A (en) * 2016-11-11 2017-05-31 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Transmission, the method and device for obtaining upward HARQ feedback information
CN108282882A (en) * 2017-01-06 2018-07-13 华为技术有限公司 Information transferring method, terminal device and access network equipment
WO2018131990A1 (en) * 2017-01-16 2018-07-19 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for processing data in a wireless communication system
WO2018226024A1 (en) * 2017-06-05 2018-12-13 삼성전자 주식회사 Method and apparatus for configuring pdcp device and sdap device in next-generation mobile communication system

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR100606083B1 (en) * 2004-11-04 2006-07-31 삼성전자주식회사 System and method for assigning subchannel in a broadband wireless access communication system
KR102133287B1 (en) * 2013-07-26 2020-07-13 삼성전자 주식회사 Apparatus and method for effective multi-carrier multi-cell scheduling in a mobile commuinication system
CN104619025A (en) * 2013-11-01 2015-05-13 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Physical random access channel resource allocation method and physical random access channel resource allocation system
WO2016206003A1 (en) * 2015-06-23 2016-12-29 华为技术有限公司 Control information sending method and detection method, base station and user equipment
CN112039643B (en) * 2016-09-26 2022-04-12 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for transmitting feedback information
CN108631969B (en) * 2017-03-21 2021-01-15 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Indication information sending method, indication information receiving method, base station and terminal

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106797283A (en) * 2016-11-11 2017-05-31 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Transmission, the method and device for obtaining upward HARQ feedback information
CN108282882A (en) * 2017-01-06 2018-07-13 华为技术有限公司 Information transferring method, terminal device and access network equipment
WO2018131990A1 (en) * 2017-01-16 2018-07-19 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for processing data in a wireless communication system
WO2018226024A1 (en) * 2017-06-05 2018-12-13 삼성전자 주식회사 Method and apparatus for configuring pdcp device and sdap device in next-generation mobile communication system

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115529630A (en) * 2022-11-29 2022-12-27 广州世炬网络科技有限公司 Composite communication system and method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111757519A (en) 2020-10-09
CN111757519B (en) 2022-03-29

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11528099B2 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US11552749B2 (en) Data transmission method and terminal device
CA3115860C (en) Wireless communication method and device
WO2019137506A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus
WO2021204218A1 (en) Harq information transmission method and apparatus
US11018725B2 (en) Data transmission method, apparatus, and system
CN111865515B (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2021017765A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2021159979A1 (en) Feedback method and apparatus for hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement codebook
US20230199799A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
WO2020200012A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
JP2024096837A (en) HARQ-ACK processing using multiple PUCCHs in multi-TRP transmission in NR
WO2019192500A1 (en) Communication method and communication set
CN114175538A (en) Method and apparatus for enhanced DAI
TW202019221A (en) Feedback resource allocation method, terminal device, and network device
WO2022117103A1 (en) Uplink control information transmission method, uplink control information receiving method, terminal and network device
WO2022077876A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022032515A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device, and network device
CN114503721A (en) Hybrid automatic repeat request feedback method and device
WO2023005583A1 (en) Feedback information indication method, and communication apparatus
WO2022237608A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting control information
WO2021087926A1 (en) Uplink signal sending and receiving method and apparatus
JP2024510280A (en) Information transmission method, apparatus, device and storage medium
CN116489791A (en) Uplink transmission method, terminal equipment and network equipment
CN115484007A (en) Method for determining PDSCH processing time and communication device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20783397

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20783397

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1